UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison...

42
[to come] 1 UNIT UNIT TASK PREVIEW [to come] Diversity of Living Things OVERALL EXPECTATIONS [to come] BIG IDEAS [to come] NEL 2 Unit 1 • Diversity of Living Things 7380_UNIT01_pp002-039.indd 2 7/6/10 2:42:55 PM Posted 7.6.10in 1st pass folder

Transcript of UNIT 1 diversity of Living Things - Hutchison...

[to come]

1UNIT

UNiT TASK PrEviEw

[to come]

diversity of Living Things

oVeRAll eXpectAtions

[to come]

BiG iDeAs[to come]

NEL2 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 2 7610 24255 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
CD [we did not ask for this photo to be placed here we have not yet submitted a photo ms for the ch opener]1313When we select a photo it will be coded as UO2-P01-OB11USB (This will come when we insert the Unit Opener)
dalic
Text Box
Doug I have a reviewer note that says that someplace in this chapter we should try and include a sidebar describing DNA bar codingwhat do you think If you agree please add13
rotma
Text Box
Number of career links 413Number of web links 0 13(I have inserted a few suggestions for weblinks throughout this chapter)13Number of learning tips 2
rotma
Text Box
ltcatch bulletsgt13- analyze the effects of various human activities on the diversity of living things 13- investigate through laboratory andor field activities or through simulations the principles of scientific classification using appropriate sampling and classification techniques13- demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny1313
rotma
Text Box
ltcatch bulletsgt13- All living things can be classified according to their anatomical and physiological characteristics13-Human activities affect the diversity of living things in ecosystems1313
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Pencil
dalic
Text Box
ltnotes for Doug are in blue text boxgt

Unit Task Preview

In this Unit Task you will select a group of living organisms and examine the roles they play in supporting ecosystems You will investigate specific threats to their diversity by examining how human actions are influencing the group in both negative and positive ways

The Unit Task is described in detail on page XXX As you work through the unit look for Unit Task Bookmarks to see how information in the section related to the Unit Task

Caroline
File Attachment
DOL_UO_UnitTaskPreview_Patch_CWdoc
Caroline
Text Box
[We had a placeholder DYK for this in the chapter but Ive changed it to a weblink (p 15)]
Caroline
Text Box
[Notes from DE are in pink]

Focus on STSE

[to come]

Focus on STSE 3NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 3 7610 24257 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Unit 1

Overall expectations

- analyse the effects of various human activities on the diversity of living things

- investigate through laboratory andor field activities or through simulations the principles of

scientific classification using appropriate sampling and classification techniques

- demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the principles of

taxonomy and phylogeny

big ideas

- All living things can be classified according to their anatomical and physiological

characteristics

- Human activities affect the diversity of living things in ecosystems

Diversity of Living Things

Focus on STSE

A First or Last Chance to See

The biosphere contains an astounding diversity of living things Living things inhabit virtually every square metre of Earthrsquos surface from the deepest ocean trenches to the highest mountain tops Life comes in a truly astonishing array of shapes and sizes both familiar and bizarre You may recognize and admire bald eagles humpback whales and polar bears but know little about or even fear vampire bats tarantulas and giant squid

Biologists discover new types of living things daily but they have catalogued only a fraction of the millions of different kinds of living things thought to inhabit the Earth Biologists also continue to discover important interconnections among organisms For example most plants rely on soil fungi to get nutrients from the soil and most animals depend on microbes living within their bodies to help them digest food

You are fortunate because you will have the opportunity in your life to admire study and benefit from the millions of kinds of organisms with which you share this planet If you are lucky you may see moose while hiking or paddling through Ontariorsquos beautiful old growth forests or examine the several species of small carnivorous plants that live in Ontario bogs You may travel to an ocean to go whale watching or scuba over a coral reef or perhaps visit a tropical rainforestUnfortunately opportunities like this are limited by past human actions and may be limited even more in the future Climate change habitat destruction pollution and the introduction of invasive organisms are posing a serious threat to the diversity of life on a global scale For the many living things that are endangered the situation is grave The years ahead may be our last chance to see them before they go extinct

The situation however is far from hopeless Actions and decisions we make today can help sustain healthy ecosystems and conserve the diversity of life on Earth Wise choices today can ensure that future generations have a chance to see admire and experience this amazing diversity of life

Questions

1 Some kinds of organisms are far more dramatic than others People often marvel at their first sight of an elephant or whale a beautiful flower or a towering tree

a) In a small group brainstorm a list of 10 or more of the most interesting kinds of organisms Provide reasons for your selections

b) Which of these organisms have you seen in real life Which would you like to see

2 Humans are very dependent on other organisms for survival Other organisms supply us with foods clothing medicines and building materials

a) Did your list of organisms in question 1 include organisms that benefit you

b) In your group make a second list of 10 or more organisms that you think are most important to humans Explain your reasoning

3 Although people are most familiar with plants and animals the living world also contains many kinds of fungi protists and other microorganisms Do you think these organisms are as important as plants and animals Why or why not

4 Many scientists are very concerned about threats to Earthrsquos diversity of life Do you share this concern What responsibility do you think we have to protect the diversity of life

Focus on STSE

[to come]

Focus on STSE 3NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 3 7610 24257 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Unit 1

Overall expectations

- analyse the effects of various human activities on the diversity of living things

- investigate through laboratory andor field activities or through simulations the principles of

scientific classification using appropriate sampling and classification techniques

- demonstrate an understanding of the diversity of living organisms in terms of the principles of

taxonomy and phylogeny

big ideas

- All living things can be classified according to their anatomical and physiological

characteristics

- Human activities affect the diversity of living things in ecosystems

Diversity of Living Things

Focus on STSE

A First or Last Chance to See

The biosphere contains an astounding diversity of living things Living things inhabit virtually every square metre of Earthrsquos surface from the deepest ocean trenches to the highest mountain tops Life comes in a truly astonishing array of shapes and sizes both familiar and bizarre You may recognize and admire bald eagles humpback whales and polar bears but know little about or even fear vampire bats tarantulas and giant squid

Biologists discover new types of living things daily but they have catalogued only a fraction of the millions of different kinds of living things thought to inhabit the Earth Biologists also continue to discover important interconnections among organisms For example most plants rely on soil fungi to get nutrients from the soil and most animals depend on microbes living within their bodies to help them digest food

You are fortunate because you will have the opportunity in your life to admire study and benefit from the millions of kinds of organisms with which you share this planet If you are lucky you may see moose while hiking or paddling through Ontariorsquos beautiful old growth forests or examine the several species of small carnivorous plants that live in Ontario bogs You may travel to an ocean to go whale watching or scuba over a coral reef or perhaps visit a tropical rainforestUnfortunately opportunities like this are limited by past human actions and may be limited even more in the future Climate change habitat destruction pollution and the introduction of invasive organisms are posing a serious threat to the diversity of life on a global scale For the many living things that are endangered the situation is grave The years ahead may be our last chance to see them before they go extinct

The situation however is far from hopeless Actions and decisions we make today can help sustain healthy ecosystems and conserve the diversity of life on Earth Wise choices today can ensure that future generations have a chance to see admire and experience this amazing diversity of life

Questions

1 Some kinds of organisms are far more dramatic than others People often marvel at their first sight of an elephant or whale a beautiful flower or a towering tree

a) In a small group brainstorm a list of 10 or more of the most interesting kinds of organisms Provide reasons for your selections

b) Which of these organisms have you seen in real life Which would you like to see

2 Humans are very dependent on other organisms for survival Other organisms supply us with foods clothing medicines and building materials

a) Did your list of organisms in question 1 include organisms that benefit you

b) In your group make a second list of 10 or more organisms that you think are most important to humans Explain your reasoning

3 Although people are most familiar with plants and animals the living world also contains many kinds of fungi protists and other microorganisms Do you think these organisms are as important as plants and animals Why or why not

4 Many scientists are very concerned about threats to Earthrsquos diversity of life Do you share this concern What responsibility do you think we have to protect the diversity of life

unit 1 ArE you rEAdy

Concepts review 1 [to come]

Skills review[to come]

conceptsbull [to come]

skills bull [to come]

4 Unit 1 bull Diversity of Living Things NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 4 7610 24257 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

ltUnit Opener Diversity of Lifegt

Concepts ltUT4gt

ltUBL2gt

- Understand scientific terminology related to cells organisms and ecosystems

- Compare and contrast different kinds of cells

- Recognize the postulates of the cell theory

- Understand that all living things are interdependent

- Recognize that human actions influence species and the sustainability of ecosystems

Skills ltUT4gt

ltUBL2gt

- Make biological drawings

- Properly use and care for a microscope

- Prepare dry and wet mount slides

- Make and record careful observations

- Communicate ideas plans procedures results and conclusions using appropriate scientific terminology and formats

- Analyze and interpret qualitative and quantitative data

Concepts Review ltH2gt

1 The following key terms are associated with the ways in which scientists gather information and conduct investigations Explain the meaning of each term

a) hypothesis

b) independent variable

c) dependent variable

d) controlled experiment

2 Decide if the following statements are true or false If they are true copy them directly into your notebook If they are false rewrite each statement to make it true

a) All living things are made up of many cells

b) Living things grow reproduce and repair themselves

c) Most living things require energy to function

d) Animals respond to changes in their environment but plants do not

e)All organisms perform photosynthesis but only plants perform cellular respiration

3 Match the terms with the statements below

a) mutualism

b) symbiosis

c) parasitism

d) commensalism

i) a situation in which two organisms live in close contact and at least one benefits

ii) a situation in which one organism lives in or on another organism and feeds on that organism

iii) a situation in which two organisms live in close contact and both benefit

iv) a situation in which two organisms live in close contact One benefits and the other is not affected

4 Describe the relationships among an embryo tissues and the process of cell differentiation

5 Many biology news stories refer to advances in genetics How are the terms ldquogeneticrdquo and ldquogenetic informationrdquo related to chromosomes DNA and inherited information

6 State the function of each of the following

a) chromosomes

b) mitochondria

c) chloroplasts

d) flagella

e) DNA

f) ribosome

g) nucleus

7 Compare and contrast the following terms

a) cell wall and cell membrane

b) unicellular and multicellular

c) mitosis and the cell cycle

8 State the function of each of the following

a) muscle tissue

b) nervous tissue

c) vascular tissue

d) epithelium

9 We are most familiar with plants and animals but they are just two groups of organisms on Earth List 2 or 3 characteristic features of the following groups of living things

a) protists

b) fungi

c) bacteria

10 Brainstorm a list of different kinds of organisms that might live in a particular habitat such as a forest field or pond Then draw a hypothetical food web that shows how they are interconnected

11 How does a food web illustrate the interdependence of one kind of organism on another Use an example from your food web to explain what would happen to the ecosystem if one kind of living thing were removed

12 Give one or two examples of ways in which living things influence and are dependent upon

a) the carbon cycle

b) the water cycle

c) the nitrogen cycle

13 Humans interact with other kinds of living things in many ways Some of these interactions are harmful to ecosystems Match the term on the left with the description of interaction on the below

a) invasive species

b) monoculture

c) climate change

d) extirpation

i) Humans are producing large quantities of greenhouse gases that trap thermal energy

ii) Habitat loss and pollution can lead to the loss of a species from a particular region

iii) Humans often introduce organisms into new environments with unforeseen consequences

iv) Humans often grow crops in large fields containing a single kind of plant

14 Humans can also act to ensure that ecosystem remain sustainable

a) What does ldquosustainablerdquo mean

b) Give an example of an action you could take to improve the sustainability of ecosystems

c) How is the sustainability of an ecosystem influenced by the diversity of living things in the ecosystem

15 You like all humans depend on other organisms for food But food is only one of the many benefits to humans of other organisms Brainstorm and list of the many ways that you benefit of other organisms in your daily life

Skills Review ltH2gt

16 Examine the cells in Figure 1

a) Identify each cell as a plant animal bacteria or protist Give reasons for your choices

b) What evidence suggests that some of these organisms have the ability to move

c) What evidence suggests that one of these organisms has the ability to produce its own food

[catch Figure 1 4 photos a) amoeba showing pseudopod eg httpimage1masterfilecomem_w033502861-03350220fwjpg b) bacteria with flagella eg httpimage1masterfilecomem_w033361861-03336178fwjpg c) animal cells eg httpwwwistockphotocomfile_thumbview_approve116623422istockphoto_11662342-hair-bearing-skinjpg d) onion cells eg httpwwwistockphotocomfile_thumbview_approve118066042istockphoto_11806604-onion-skin-wmjpg Place in 2 x 2 arrangement]

image1pict image2pict

image3pict image4pict

ltFNgtFigure 1

17 List the characteristics of a good biological drawing

18 Make a biological drawing of one of the cells in Figure 1

19 Describe how you would make a wet mount of a sample of banana cells

20 Describe the step-by-step procedure you would use to observe cells under high power

21 Suggest several safety precautions that you think should be taken when studying live organisms

13

Caroline
File Attachment
DoL_UO_AYR_Patch_CWdoc

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEviEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 5 7610 24257 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

cH

Ap

teR

1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

bullensp describe and compare both traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Among remarkable organisms in Ontario are some eastern white cedar trees that are over 1000 years old

Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

understanding Biodiversity

Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

STARTiNg PoinTS

6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 6 7610 24258 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
Double check Is this correct
Caroline
Text Box
[GLOBAL ART Centre figures in text measure following the design Individual pieces have not been marked up]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
living in Ontario
Caroline
Pencil

identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categoriesbullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulenspspecies

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousenspspecies

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspofenspyourenspownenspchoosing

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic Ti

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone Ti

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case Ti

Mini investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Introduction 7NEL

c09-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 7 7610 24306 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If possible format list in 2 columns]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If list in Mini Investigation below can be placed in 2 columns enlarge this photo to fill page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
organism
Caroline
Text Box
organism

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse By 2010 the International Year of Biodi-versity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are discovered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos (Figure 1) Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million dif-ferent kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions One reason for this is because two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasion-ally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a ldquocrossrdquo between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only repro-duce asexually For these organisms the species definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

individual variabilityWhereas atoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited informa-tion (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual variability While the study of the Diversity of Living Things focuses on distinctions between species genetic diversity is vital to both individuals and entire populations

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space They can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB lores Fpo

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 8 7610 24307 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Highlight
dalic
Text Box
Doug some edits were made to the highlighted text prior to transmittal Please check to ensure that meaning was not altered
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Christina I believe the page count for 11 is 6 pages so there is no actual overmatter Please confirm]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please provide a definition for fungi (We need to include it because its one of the key terms in the curriculum)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMFTXgt13biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert marked text from next page here The variety]
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that callout is on this page and Figure 3 is on next page If not we could try moving this Variation section to the next page and moving Figure 1 into the text measure]
Caroline
Text Box
evolution the scientific theory that13describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 1)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Two
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Atoms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
but
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[LC x3]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Text Box
According to the theory of evolution they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
individual variability

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

CAREER PATHWAYS PrEviEw

Throughout this unit you will see Career Links in the margins These links mention careers that are relevant to the Diversity of Living Things On the Chapter Summary page at the end of each chapter you will find a Career Pathways feature that shows you the educational requirements of the careers There are also some career-related questions for you to research

NEL Are You Ready 5

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 5 7610 24257 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

cH

Ap

teR

1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

bullensp describe and compare both traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Among remarkable organisms in Ontario are some eastern white cedar trees that are over 1000 years old

Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

understanding Biodiversity

Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

STARTiNg PoinTS

6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 6 7610 24258 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
Double check Is this correct
Caroline
Text Box
[GLOBAL ART Centre figures in text measure following the design Individual pieces have not been marked up]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
living in Ontario
Caroline
Pencil

identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categoriesbullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulenspspecies

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousenspspecies

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspofenspyourenspownenspchoosing

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic Ti

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone Ti

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case Ti

Mini investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Introduction 7NEL

c09-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 7 7610 24306 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If possible format list in 2 columns]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If list in Mini Investigation below can be placed in 2 columns enlarge this photo to fill page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
organism
Caroline
Text Box
organism

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse By 2010 the International Year of Biodi-versity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are discovered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos (Figure 1) Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million dif-ferent kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions One reason for this is because two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasion-ally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a ldquocrossrdquo between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only repro-duce asexually For these organisms the species definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

individual variabilityWhereas atoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited informa-tion (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual variability While the study of the Diversity of Living Things focuses on distinctions between species genetic diversity is vital to both individuals and entire populations

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space They can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB lores Fpo

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 8 7610 24307 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Highlight
dalic
Text Box
Doug some edits were made to the highlighted text prior to transmittal Please check to ensure that meaning was not altered
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Christina I believe the page count for 11 is 6 pages so there is no actual overmatter Please confirm]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please provide a definition for fungi (We need to include it because its one of the key terms in the curriculum)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMFTXgt13biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert marked text from next page here The variety]
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that callout is on this page and Figure 3 is on next page If not we could try moving this Variation section to the next page and moving Figure 1 into the text measure]
Caroline
Text Box
evolution the scientific theory that13describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 1)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Two
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Atoms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
but
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[LC x3]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Text Box
According to the theory of evolution they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
individual variability

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

cH

Ap

teR

1keY conceptsIn this chapter you will be able to

bullensp describe the nature of biological diversity and the biological species concept

bullensp outline some of the primary human-caused threats to Earthrsquos biodiversity

bullensp explain the principles of taxonomy and phylogeny and the concepts of taxonomic rank

bullensp describe and compare both traditional and modern biological classifi cation systems

bullensp outline some of the key features used to classify all living organisms into six kingdoms

bullensp construct and apply dichotomous keys for the purpose of identifying species

bullensp use appropriate sampling methods to collect specimens from an ecosystem and classify them using scientifi c criteria

what Connects Life on EarthLife can be found almost everywhere Organisms live at the bottom of the ocean abyss deep underground on icy mountaintops and in boiling hot springs Even our own bodies are home to countless millions of microscopic organismsmdashwe are their habitat

Emperor penguins show many of the most dramatic and fascinating quali-ties of living things such as the ability to live and fl ourish in extreme environ-ments Emperor penguins begin life by hatching from an egg during sunless days on a sheet of ice in the most inhospitable continent on EarthmdashAntarctica Surviving temperatures of ndash60 degC they are cared for and protected by their parents until they are able to march for tens of kilometres to the waterrsquos edge As they plunge into the icy water they transform from awkward waddlers into majestic high performance swimming machines faster and more agile than almost any fi sh

As unique and marvellous as penguins are they are just one of the millions of remarkable organisms on Earth Our planet is also home to elephants with noses that drag on the ground albatrosses that can stay airborne for more than a year at a time and deadly poisonous stonefi sh hiding in coral reefs Among remarkable organisms in Ontario are some eastern white cedar trees that are over 1000 years old

Th e diversity of life is truly extraordinary It is also immeasurably valuable All organisms including humans depend on other organisms for survival Other organisms provide us with oxygen clean air and water food medicines and building materials But throughout the world native plant and animal populations are declining due to habitat loss pollution over-harvesting and competition with invasive species Many species are threatened with extinction

In this chapter you will examine the grandeur of life beginning with an ex-ploration of the diversity of life and our dependence on it You will learn how organisms are identifi ed and classifi ed and gain insights into why scientists are so concerned about the threats to the diversity of life

understanding Biodiversity

Answer the following questions using your current knowledge You will have a chance to revisit these questions later applying concepts and skills from the chapter

1 How many different kinds of living things do you think there are on Earth How might this diversity be important or valuable

2 How do you think organisms can be distinguished from one another

3 What do you think are the benefi ts of naming and classifying (or grouping) living things How might this be accomplished

STARTiNg PoinTS

6 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 6 7610 24258 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
Double check Is this correct
Caroline
Text Box
[GLOBAL ART Centre figures in text measure following the design Individual pieces have not been marked up]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
living in Ontario
Caroline
Pencil

identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categoriesbullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulenspspecies

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousenspspecies

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspofenspyourenspownenspchoosing

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic Ti

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone Ti

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case Ti

Mini investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Introduction 7NEL

c09-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 7 7610 24306 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If possible format list in 2 columns]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If list in Mini Investigation below can be placed in 2 columns enlarge this photo to fill page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
organism
Caroline
Text Box
organism

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse By 2010 the International Year of Biodi-versity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are discovered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos (Figure 1) Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million dif-ferent kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions One reason for this is because two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasion-ally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a ldquocrossrdquo between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only repro-duce asexually For these organisms the species definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

individual variabilityWhereas atoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited informa-tion (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual variability While the study of the Diversity of Living Things focuses on distinctions between species genetic diversity is vital to both individuals and entire populations

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space They can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB lores Fpo

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 8 7610 24307 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Highlight
dalic
Text Box
Doug some edits were made to the highlighted text prior to transmittal Please check to ensure that meaning was not altered
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Christina I believe the page count for 11 is 6 pages so there is no actual overmatter Please confirm]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please provide a definition for fungi (We need to include it because its one of the key terms in the curriculum)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMFTXgt13biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert marked text from next page here The variety]
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that callout is on this page and Figure 3 is on next page If not we could try moving this Variation section to the next page and moving Figure 1 into the text measure]
Caroline
Text Box
evolution the scientific theory that13describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 1)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Two
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Atoms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
but
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[LC x3]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Text Box
According to the theory of evolution they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
individual variability

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

identify Exceptional organisms

Skills Questioning Predicting Communicating

A good way to begin a study of the diversity of life on Earth is to consider the great variety of organisms that you are already familiar with In this activity you will brainstorm examples of living things that fall into given categories and suggest some categories of your own

1 Working in small groups brainstorm examples of organisms on Earth that you think best fi t the following categoriesbullensp largestensplivingenspanimal

bullensp mostenspbeautifulenspspecies

bullensp smallestenspplant

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfood

bullensp mostenspunusualenspanimal

bullensp mostensppowerfulensppredator

bullensp mostenspdangerousenspspecies

bullensp mostenspcolourfulenspanimal

bullensp mostenspvaluableenspfungus

bullensp fastestensprunner

bullensp fastestenspflenspyer

bullensp fastestenspswimmer

bullensp threeenspmoreenspcategoriesenspofenspyourenspownenspchoosing

You may list more than one kind of organism for each category but you must identify which of these you think is the ldquobestrdquo choice

2 Record your choices in a table or other suitable format

3 Have a class discussion in which groups argue in favour of their selections Be prepared to change your mind if others have a better case for their choice

A Which categories are based on opinion and which are based on an objective characteristic Ti

B Did everyone interpret the categories in the same way Did ldquovaluablerdquo or ldquodangerousrdquo have the same meaning for everyone Ti

C Were there any choices that almost everyone agreed with Why do you think that was the case Ti

Mini investigation

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Introduction 7NEL

c09-p01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 7 7610 24306 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If possible format list in 2 columns]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[If list in Mini Investigation below can be placed in 2 columns enlarge this photo to fill page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
organism
Caroline
Text Box
organism

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse By 2010 the International Year of Biodi-versity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are discovered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos (Figure 1) Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million dif-ferent kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions One reason for this is because two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasion-ally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a ldquocrossrdquo between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only repro-duce asexually For these organisms the species definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

individual variabilityWhereas atoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited informa-tion (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual variability While the study of the Diversity of Living Things focuses on distinctions between species genetic diversity is vital to both individuals and entire populations

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space They can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB lores Fpo

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 8 7610 24307 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Highlight
dalic
Text Box
Doug some edits were made to the highlighted text prior to transmittal Please check to ensure that meaning was not altered
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Christina I believe the page count for 11 is 6 pages so there is no actual overmatter Please confirm]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please provide a definition for fungi (We need to include it because its one of the key terms in the curriculum)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMFTXgt13biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert marked text from next page here The variety]
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that callout is on this page and Figure 3 is on next page If not we could try moving this Variation section to the next page and moving Figure 1 into the text measure]
Caroline
Text Box
evolution the scientific theory that13describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 1)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Two
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Atoms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
but
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[LC x3]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Text Box
According to the theory of evolution they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
individual variability

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

11

Figure 1 Biologists continue to discover new species such as the deep ocean Dumbo octopus

Figure 2 Humans exhibit individual variability but are all members of the same species

BiodiversitymdashAn introductionLife on Earth is extraordinarily diverse By 2010 the International Year of Biodi-versity over 17 million kinds of living things had been identified and described by scientists This number continues to grow as new organisms are discovered daily Among them are strange creatures from the depths of Earthrsquos oceans brightly coloured rainforest birds and some peculiar organisms such as tree kangaroos (Figure 1) Biologists believe that Earth may be home to as many as 15 million dif-ferent kinds of living things

In order to assess the diversity of life scientists must observe and accurately de-scribe each kind of living thing With millions of different kinds of organisms where do scientists begin The first step is to choose a fundamental unit In the case of living things this unit is the species However defining and identifying this unit is not always easy

what is a SpeciesMost biologists define a species as a group whose members are able to freely breed among themselves under natural conditions This definition is also referred to as the biological species concept It is important to note that members of different species usually do not breed with one another For example under natural conditions lions breed only with lions robins breed only with robins and lobsters breed only with lobsters

In many cases the difference between species is quite obvious For example you would never mistake an elephant for a hippopotamus or an ostrich for a turkey Unfortunately the definition of species above does not fit all living things as well as it does elephants and ostriches Plants for example offer many exceptions One reason for this is because two plants that appear to be distinct species may occasion-ally undergo hybridization under natural conditions forming a ldquocrossrdquo between the two species Although hybridization in nature does occur it is relatively uncommon Other plants some fungi and many microscopic organisms (microorganisms) only repro-duce asexually For these organisms the species definition does not apply When this is the case species are defined based on a set of physical characteristics or morphology For example dandelions (which reproduce asexually) are defined by their shared features rather than as members of a population of breeding individuals

individual variabilityWhereas atoms of an element or molecules of a compound are identical a species is composed of individuals with different characteristics Just as no two humans look exactly the same the individuals of any given species may show subtle differences (Figure 2) However these individuals still belong to the same species and are mem-bers of the same breeding population

As you will learn in the Genetic Processes unit biologically inherited informa-tion (called genetic information) is a primary source of individual variability While the study of the Diversity of Living Things focuses on distinctions between species genetic diversity is vital to both individuals and entire populations

variation over Time and SpaceSpecies also change over time and space They can evolve or change over many gen-erations and they can change across continents (Figure 3)

species all organisms capable of breeding freely with each other under natural conditions

hybridization the crossbreeding of two different species

morphology the physical appearance and characteristics of an organism also the science of the study of these physical characteristics

8 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

c01-p03-oB11usB lores Fpo

c01-p05-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 8 7610 24307 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Highlight
dalic
Text Box
Doug some edits were made to the highlighted text prior to transmittal Please check to ensure that meaning was not altered
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Christina I believe the page count for 11 is 6 pages so there is no actual overmatter Please confirm]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please provide a definition for fungi (We need to include it because its one of the key terms in the curriculum)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
ltMFTXgt13biodiversity the variety of species and ecosystems on Earth
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert marked text from next page here The variety]
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that callout is on this page and Figure 3 is on next page If not we could try moving this Variation section to the next page and moving Figure 1 into the text measure]
Caroline
Text Box
evolution the scientific theory that13describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Figure 1)
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Two
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Atoms
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
but
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[LC x3]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Text Box
According to the theory of evolution they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
individual variability

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Figure 3 Five subspecies of ratsnakes These snakes are all considered members of the same species They exhibit differences in colour and the presence or absence of stripes depending on their geographic location

The physical and behavioural changes that occur in a species over time are referred to as evolutionary changes Populations may separate and over time may form entirely new species You will examine the factors influencing evolutionary changes in much greater detail in Unit 3

Evolutionary changes usually occur over long periods of time and over long dis-tances However in a particular location and at a particular time species generally change little For example raccoons from Ontario may vary from those in South America but raccoons within the Greater Toronto Area (GTA) do not vary much

BiodiversityThe variety of species on Earth or in any ecosystem on Earth is called biological diversity or biodiversity Species come in all shapes and sizesmdashfrom microscopic organisms to massive marine mammals (Figure 4) Different species vary in their behaviours habitats ecological niches and abundance They also vary in their genetic makeup referred to as genetic diversity Individuals of a sexually reproducing species inherit unique combinations of genetic information from their parents This produces genetic diversity Examples of human genetic diversity are differences in hair skin and eye colour as well as in facial features and adult height

How do biologists make sense of this enormous array of diversity What role does the diversity of life play in the functioning of ecosystems Just how important is biodiversity To begin to answer these questions we will examine the biodiversity in ecosystems

evolutionary changes changes that occur in entire speciesmdashusually over long periods of time

biodiversity the variety of species of organisms on Earth or in an ecosystem

genetic diversity the genetic variability among organismsmdashusually referring to individuals of the same species

black rat snake(E o obsoleta)

yellow rat snake(E o quadrivittata)

Texas rat snake(E o lindheimeri)

gray rat snake(E o spiloides)

Everglades rat snake(E o rossalleni)

0 250 500 km

C01-F01-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

W E

N

S

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 9NEL

c01-F01-oB11usB

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 9 7610 24308 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Texas rat snake and gray rat snake images and labels to the left of the map]
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Move Everglades rat snake image and label to the right of the map rearrance black and yellow rat snake images to fit (stagger images lengthen leader lines)]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Ok to shrink map and snake images slightly to fit Figure 4 on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

diversity in EcosystemsEcosystems are made up of many diff erent species and their physical environment All these species depend on other species in some way for their own survival For example organisms that cannot make their own food called heterotrophs feed on other living or dead organisms Even organisms that are able to make their own food called autotrophs are dependent on other organisms Plants are examples of autotrophs Th ey depend on microorganisms to recycle nitrogen carbon and other nutrients as part of biogeo-chemical cycles and many depend on animals for pollination

diversity of interactionsTh e interdependence of one species on another goes far beyond simple food chains and biogeochemical cycles For example the important activities and processes of one species may depend entirely on another species for success (Table 1)

Species support each other and they also contribute to the stability and produc-tivity of their ecosystems One comprehensive long-term study showed that plant communities with a greater number of species are better able to withstand and recover from diseases climate extremes and pest infestations Th ey are also more biologically productive than plant communities with fewer species For example researchers found that grasslands with mixed species were more than twice as pro-ductive as grasslands planted with a single species

Of course the larger the population of a species the more interactions it will have Diversity is therefore also infl uenced by the total number of individuals present in an ecosystem An ecosystem with many large populations is considered more diverse than an ecosystem made up of smaller populations For example an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with 500 individualsmdashwould be considered more biologically diverse than an ecosystem with 10 speciesmdasheach with only 50 individuals

Th e term species diversity describes both the variety of species in an ecosystem and the numbers of individuals within each of those species Th e greatest species diversity exists in ecosystems with many diff erent species that are each made up of large populations

diversity of HabitatsSpecies in an ecosystem aff ect the habitats in which they live Th ese eff ects infl uence ecological relationships and biodiversity Th e range of physical sizes shapes and distribution of the individuals as well as habitats and communities in an ecosystem are together referred to as structural diversity Structural diversity is critical for biodi-versity because it creates a variety of abiotic conditions

Consider the variety of conditions in a structurally diverse maplendashbeech forest (Figure 11) Th e canopy layer has abundant light and is exposed to extremes of

heterotroph an organism that obtains energy-rich nutrients by consuming living or dead organisms all animals and fungi are heterotrophs as well as many single-celled organisms

autotroph an organism that uses sources of energy such as sunlight to produce nutrients from water gases andor minerals

species diversity a measure of diversity that takes into account the quantity of each species present as well as the variety of different species present

structural diversity the range of physical shapes and sizes within a habitat or ecosystem

Figure 4 Species on Earth show amazing diversity This microscopic algae (a) builds a skeleton of calcium carbonate The blue whale (b) is thought to be the largest animal that has ever lived Its tongue alone weighs more than a full-grown elephant Blue whales and algae also exhibit genetic diversity among individuals This genetic variation produces diversity within the species

(a) (b)

EcologistsEcologists are scientists who specialize in the study of ecosystems To learn more about being an ecologist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

c01-p06-oB11usB

c01-p07-oB11usB

10 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 10 7610 24314 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
rom
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS Make C01-P06-OB11USB the same height as C01-P07-OB11USB]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 12 here]
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not ital]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
have

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Table 1 Species Interactions

Interaction Examples

Food supply Complex relationships exist between species and their food

bullensp enspStrangeenspbonewormsenspfeedenspexclusivelyensponensptheenspbonesenspofenspdeadenspwhalesenspthat sink to the bottom of the ocean (Figure 5)

bullensp enspPhotosyntheticenspmicroorganismsenspliveenspinsideensptheenspbodiesenspofenspgiantenspclamsenspand coral animals on reefs They perform photosynthesis and supply the clams with a steady supply of food

Figure 5

Protection Many species depend on others for shelter and protection

bullensp enspHermitenspcrabsenspuseensptheenspshellsenspofenspdeadenspsnailsenspforenspaenspprotectiveensphomebullensp enspCertainenspspeciesenspofenspantsenspliveenspwithinensptheensptrunksenspofenspCecropia trees

The trees provide shelter for the ants The ants that live in the tree bite and sting any herbivores that try to eat from the tree thereby protecting the tree (Figure 6)

Figure 6

Transportation Many species move from place to place with the help of another species

bullensp enspSomeenspflowerenspmitesenspclimbenspontoensptheenspbillsenspofensphummingbirdsenspmovingenspfromenspflowerensptoenspflowerenspfeedingensponenspnectar

bullensp enspManyenspseedsensphaveensphooksenspthatenspallowenspthemensptoenspstickensptoensppassingenspanimalsenspand be carried long distances before they fall off and begin growing (Figure 7)

Figure 7

Reproduction Many species depend on other species for their own successful reproduction

bullensp enspTrilliumsenspproduceenspseedsenspwithenspfleshyensporgansenspthatenspattractenspantsenspTheenspantsenspfeed on tissues on the outer surface of these seeds If the ants do not feed on the outer seed tissue the seeds cannot germinate The seeds are then gathered and dispersed by the ants

bullensp enspManyenspbirdenspspeciesenspuseensptheenspabandonedenspcavitiesenspmadeenspinensptreesenspbyenspwoodpeckers for their own nests (Figure 8)

Figure 8

Hygiene Some species help maintain the health of another species

bullensp enspCoralenspreefsensphaveenspldquocleaningenspstationsrdquoenspthatensplargeenspfishenspcomeensptoensphaveenspexternal parasites removed by small fish and shrimp (Figure 9)

bullensp enspTheenspbacteriaenspthatenspnaturallyenspliveensponenspourenspownenspskinensphelpenspprotectenspusenspfromenspother bacterial and fungal infections

Figure 9

Digestion Species living within digestive tracts are essential for the digestion of food

bullensp enspTermitesenspconsumeenspwoodenspbutenspareenspalmostenspentirelyenspincapableenspofenspdigesting it themselves Instead a variety of bacteria and protists living within the termitesrsquo gut do the digestion for them

bullensp enspBacteriaensplivingenspinensptheensplargeenspintestinesenspofensphumansenspproduceenspvitaminsenspthat are then absorbed into the circulatory system (Figure 10)

Figure 10

c01-p08-oB11usB

c01-p09-oB11usB

c01-p10-oB11usB

c01-p11-oB11usB

c01-p12-oB11usB

c01-p13-oB11usB

11 BiodiversitymdashAn Introduction 11NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 11 7610 24326 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
where
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Can C01-P09 be cropped so its about the same size as the other photos ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos in Table 1 if possible to fill space of created by deleted figure numbers]
Caroline
Text Box
Boneworms
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
protect the tree by biting and stinging
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
it
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
other microorganisms
Caroline
Text Box
CHRISTINA We discussed in one of the MS drafts defining Eubacteria vs bacteria (the curriculum lists bacteria as a key term) and decided it was ok to define Eubacteria (see p 24) Im just double-checking that this is ok We use bacteria a few pages before the Eubacteria definition Do we need to include a separate definition for it in this usage
Caroline
Highlight

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

temperature wind and humidity Th e understorey layer has less light and almost no wind Th e herb layer and forest fl oor are dark and moist Leaf litter and other dead organisms decompose quickly on the forest fl oor Each layer is a microhabitat with dif-ferent abiotic characteristics that benefi t certain species and are unsuitable for others Th ese microhabitats also change dramatically with the changing of the seasons Th e forest canopy in winter is a very diff erent place from the forest canopy in summer

An ecosystem with greater structural diversity can support a greater diversity of speciesmdashit has greater biodiversity Th is is why the biodiversity of a healthy rainforest is much greater than that of an even-aged tree plantation in which all trees are the same height (Figure 12(a)) Aquatic ecosystems from sandy ocean bottoms to rugged coral reefs also exhibit a great range of structural diversity Flat smooth ocean bottoms off er little shelter for organisms while irregular bottoms with rocks reefs logs or even sunken ships enhance the range of microhabitats available for organisms (Figure 12(b))

C01-F02-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Canopy

Understory

Herb layer

Figure 11 tk

All this variety challenges biologists to create methods of distinguishing and iden-tifying species that resemble one another and to name and categorize species in a systematic and consistent way

Biodiversity at riskTh ere is no doubt that all species depend on one another Maintaining and enhancing biodiversity is essential for the health and sustainability of ecosystems Although more than 10 000 new species are discovered each year there is grave concern among the worldrsquos leading biologists that the diversity of life is declining rapidly

Th e loss of biodiversity aff ects humans in many ways Loss of biodiversitybull threatensourfoodsupplywhenentirespeciesandplantvarietiesarelostbull eliminatessourcesofnaturalmedicinesandpotentialnewmedicinesbull hassignificanteconomicimpactontourismandforestrywhenaccompanied

by habitat destructionbull hasthepotentialtocauseseriousdisruptionsinbiogeochemicalcycles

including carbon uptake by natural ecosystems

microhabitat a small habitat with relatively uniform conditions within a larger ecosystem

Climate Change Threatens Canadian SpeciesMany Canadian species especially those living in the high Arctic are already feeling the impact of climate change Caribou depend on lichens and small ground plants as a source of food While a milder climate does not harm them directly it is causing changes in Arctic vegetation Smaller plants are being displaced by larger shrubs thereby reducing the available food supply for the caribou

DID YOU know

c01-f02-ob11usb

Figure 12 (a) Tree plantations in which the trees are all the same height often created as a result of clear-cutting exhibit almost no structural diversity They therefore support a relatively small number of species (b) (The Artifi cial Reef Society of British Columbia has sunk eight large ships and one large aircraft off the coast The ships and aircraft increase the structural diversity of the ocean bottom and are a place for many marine organisms to live

(a) (b)

c01-p14-oB11usB

c01-p16-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER12 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24333 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
5
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
6
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about public opinion on monocultures including tree plantations go to Nelson Science
rotma
Text Box
A weblink can be inserted here leading students to links on the International Day Against Monoculture Tree Plantations
rotma
Text Box
Switch photos around to match caption Re-label the tree plantation as (a) and the artificial reef as (b)
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Callout
[ART Change spelling to Understorey]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add more trees to show a denser forest as in reference - Labels should all be lowercase]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkcrop C01-P14 and enlarge C01-P16 slightly so they are the same height about half the current height of C01-P14]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[move to previous page]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Delete this DYK and move marked text to following page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Reflow text from p 13]
david
Text Box
ltp15gt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
This mature forest has great structural diversity
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Even-aged tree plantations
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
and other vegetation
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
caribou
Caroline
Pencil

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Species extinction is a natural process Some biologists estimate that a new species will on average become extinct after approximately one million years Of course extinction rates for species are variable and may be relatively low at times and rela-tively high at others The same is true for the formation of new species

The history of life on Earth includes a number of mass extinction eventsmdashrelatively short time spans during which a large proportion of Earthrsquos species become extinct The most famous mass extinction event occurred approximately 65 million years ago and resulted in the extinction of most dinosaurs

Past mass extinction events have been linked to large-scale disruptions in Earthrsquos climate caused by factors such as comet and meteor impacts and volcanic activity A change in climate may make conditions too hot or cold or too wet or dry for species adapted to the original climatic conditions In contrast todayrsquos high species extinc-tion rate is tied directly to human activity Human actions are resulting in a rapid loss of natural habitats due to agriculture forestry urban expansion the introduction of invasive species over-harvesting of wild populations and serious air and water pol-lution The production of greenhouse gases is also resulting in human-caused climate change These human actions among others are now operating on a global scale and are increasing the rate of species extinction

While is it not possible to know the precise rate of species extinction Edward O Wilson one of the worldrsquos most eminent biologists and an authority on biodiversity conservatively estimates losses at a rate of 27 000 species per year He believes we are witnessing a new mass extinction eventmdashone that we are causing

Conservation BiologistsConservation biologists study the threats to species and their habitats To learn more about this career

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

11 Summary

bull Thebiologicalspeciesconceptdefinesspecies as a population of individuals that are able to freely breed under natural conditions

bull Biologistshaveidentifiedanddescribedmorethan17millionspeciesbull Allspeciesdependonotherspeciesinavarietyofwaysfortheirownsurvivalbull Biodiversityreferstothevarietyofspeciesinanecosystembutalsoincludes

structural diversity within ecosystems and individual variability within speciesbull Newspeciesarestillbeingdiscoveredbutbiodiversityisunderthreatfrom

many human activities bull Speciesevolveovertimeandspace

11 Questions

1 Suggest three examples of species that can easily fit the definition of a species Explain your choices ku

2 Explain why some species must be defined based on their morphology rather than reproductive behaviour ku

3 Suggest a possible explanation for why different forms of a speciesmdashlike the different subspecies of eastern ratsnakesmdashare associated with different geographic locations Ti

4 Describe four ways in which one species may be dependent on another for its survival Include an example for each ku A

5 What is meant by the following terms ku

(a) biodiversity(b) structural diversity(c) genetic variability

6 How could the structural diversity of the following environments be increased ku

(a) a woodland(b) an aquatic environment

7 Conduct research and describe one or two methods scientists and organizations use to increase the biodiversity of damaged ecosystems Ti

8 Describe some of the negative impacts on human well-being that might result from a reduction in biodiversity ku Ti A

9 Compare the numbers of species known to exist on Earth with the numbers that are being discovered and the numbers thought to be going extinct What do these numbers suggest about biodiversity on Earth Ti

10 At the current rate of extinction approximately how many years will it take for one million species to go extinct Ti

11 EO Wilson estimates that the current extinction rate may be as much as 10 000 times greater than it would be without humans What are some of the primary human activities responsible for this increased rate of extinction ku

ovErMATTEr

oM12

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 12 7610 24334 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
Q9 How should students compare In a graphic organizer By researching Lets be a bit more clear if possible
dalic
Text Box
Q8 I think we need a stronger link to the expectation ( both here and in the text)
dalic
Text Box
Q6 Note from reviewer13Could this Q be recast on the lines that an owner of a pine plantation wants to increase the structural diversity of a woodlot Similarly for the park administrator of a lake
rotma
Text Box
Weblink13To learn more about extinct species and species currently at risk go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for 11 is 6 pp so this page is 66 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert text from deleted DYK on previous page as a new paragraph]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Ive edited the question in response to this note to make it a bit clearer but we could go the scenario route]
Caroline
Text Box
[We made a number of changes to the text to clarify the link--Im not sure how we can make it any clearer in the question]
Caroline
Text Box
[This info is in the chapter (p 8 12 above) Should we include page refs for clarity]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a recto]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

the nature of classifi cationClassifi cation systems are extremely useful Everyday classifi cation is simply the grouping together or sorting of items into various categories based on some set of criteria In everyday life we use and are surrounded by many classifi cation systems In an online music store for example digital recordings may be classifi ed according to the many styles of music classical jazz rock country hip hop rap and so on Within a category items can be further divided into subcategories Rock music might be fur-ther divided into indie rock rock and roll progressive rock heavy metal and so on

Classifi cation systems serve many purposes (Figure 1) Th ey are very convenient making it easy to fi nd what you are looking for when shopping when looking for fi les on your computer using the ldquoyellow pagesrdquo of a phone book or performing searches on the Internet Classifi cation systems are also a source of information and a tool for communi-cationmdashhow an item is classifi ed tells you something about the item You might expect a menu item listed as a dessert to be sweet Similarly you know that food listed as seafood came from the ocean Defi ned categories show the relationship between items

Scientists also use classifi cation systems By using the same classifi cation systems scien-tists can share ideas more easily In chemistry elements are carefully arranged in the peri-odic table into families Chemists classify substances as metals and non-metals and as acids and bases In biology organisms can be classifi ed in many ways Th e systematic grouping of organisms into categories on the basis of defi ned criteria is called biological classifi cation Familiar and ecologically important categories include producers herbivores carnivores and scavengers (Figure 2) For example when a biologist describes a massasauga rattle-snake as a carnivore for example all other biologists immediately know what that means

12

Figure 1 Sorting and classifi cation systems are used often in everyday life such as in the supermarket

biological classifi cation the systematic grouping of organisms into biological categories based on physical and evolutionary relationships

Classifi cations are useful in our everyday lives and for scientists But how are they established How do you choose a classifi cation system for a particular use How can you effi ciently and accurately group items into chosen categories

Indigenous Classifi cation SystemsIndigenous peoples around the world have their own naming and classifi cation systems Animals and plants that are important in their culture are given individual names while organisms that are of little interest are not One tribe in Papua New Guinea for example has a unique name for each of 136 species of birds their main source of meat

DID YOU know

c01-p17-oB11usB

c01-p18-oB11usB

c01-p20-oB11usB

c01-p19-oB11usB

c01-p21-oB11usB

Figure 2 Scientists often classify organisms according to their role in ecosystems (a) kelp is a producer (b) a sea urchin is a herbivore (c) a massasauga rattlesnake is a predator and (d) a vulture is a scavenger

(c)

(a) (b)

(d)

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 13NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 13 7610 24348 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[8 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTOS resizerearrange photos to fit into a 2 x 2 rectangle Caption can be changed if photos need to be rearranged]13
Caroline
Callout
[PHOTO Use white for label (a)]
Caroline
Text Box
[This page should be a verso]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
relationships among

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Taxonomymdashdeveloping a Classifi cation SystemTh e best criteria to use for classifying organisms depend on the purpose of the clas-sifi cation system Specialized classifi cation criteria have many valuable functions Consider how the following categories of organisms might be helpful and to whom

bull thebirdsofCostaRicabull fieldguidetotheediblemushroomsbull invasivespeciesthreateningtheGreatLakes

For example a tourist in Costa Rica might be very interested in bird watching It is essential that a mushroom picker know which varieties of mushrooms are poisonous (Figure 3) It might be useful for all members of the public to recognize invasive species

Although these specialized classifi cation systems are essential for particular pur-poses biologists need a more general classifi cation system that they can use to orga-nize all living and fossil species Taxonomy is the science of identifying and classifying all organisms With millions of species living on Earth and countless extinct ones taxonomy is a challenging science Taxonomy is also referred to as the ldquoScience of Systematicsrdquo

The need for identifi cationBefore you can classify objects or species you must be able to identify them Unfortunately properly identifying living organisms is oft en a diffi cult task One way biologists identify organisms is by observed characteristicsmdashmorphology behaviour and even geographic location Each characteristic helps biologists identify the species that a particular organism belongs to

You might think that it is easy to recognize speciesmdashaft er all no one would mis-take a dog for a cat a giraff e for an elephant or a maple tree for a pine tree Surely a specialist can tell apart even the most similar-looking species Or can they For some categories there are thousands of species Table 1 shows some species numbers

Table 1 Species Variety

Category

Number of different species

Ontario mosquitoes gt 50

hummingbirds of Brazil

gt 200

fi sh of Lake Malawi Africa

gt 1000

types of wasp gt 100 000

types of snails and slugs

gt 100 000

seed producing plants gt 260 000

Mini investigation

In this activity you will work in a small group to devise a classifi cation system for a variety of living things Creating a basic classifi cation system typically involves a few steps You must clearly identify each species You must also decide on the categories into which you are going to place or sort your species Your choice of categories will be determined by the end use or purpose for the classifi cation system Last you must sort your species into your chosen categories

1 Have each member of your group brainstorm a list of 10 species of plants and animals that have been domesticated by humans

2 As a group decide on a set of four or more categories into which you will sort or classify your species You may include subcategories but do not make your classifi cation system overly complex Think of an underlying rationale for your categories For example you might want to distinguish between species used in agriculture and species found in the home

3 Work with your group members to sort your species into your chosen categories

A Did you have diffi culty deciding on your categories If so explain the challenge Ti

B Did you have diffi culty deciding which category a particular species should be placed in Did some species seem to fi t into more than one category Ti

C Exchange your list of species and categories from Steps 1 and 2 with another group Now redo Step 3 using their 10 species under their chosen categories When you are done compare your results Did everyone agree on how to sort species in a set of the chosen categories

D Compare your categories with those of other groups in the class Describe any similarities or differences Ti C

E Do you think you could fi t any domesticated species into your categories Explain why or why not Ti C

F Do you think there might be one ldquobestrdquo classifi cation system for species Explain your reasoning Ti C

Creating a Classifi cation System

Skills Questioning Analyzing Evaluating Communicating SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

Mini investigation

Figure 3 The ldquodeath angelrdquo is one of many species of poisonous mushrooms

taxonomy the science of classifying living organisms taxonomists classify both living and fossil species

c01-p22-oB11usB

14 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 14 7610 24352 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
TI
rotma
Text Box
all
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this still a death angel mushroom in the photo It looks quite different from the reference in the MS (Caption needs to change)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
too
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
create
Caroline
Text Box
and

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

To make matters even more challenging individuals of the same species are variablemdashmales diff er from females and individuals change in appearance as they grow (Figure 4(a)) Diff erent populations of the same species can also vary exhib-iting striking diff erences from one location to another (Figure 4(b))

Another challenge is that species also change over time they evolve Evolutionary change is usually slow and gradual happening over thousands and millions of years and it must be considered by taxonomists studying the fossil record It must also be considered by taxonomists studying species that are known to undergo more rapid evolutionary change For example evolutionary changes in many microorganisms can happen over months or even days So in addition to considering these rapid changes taxonomists must also consider variation within species both at the indi-vidual level and at the population level

botanist a scientist specializing in the study of plants also called a plant biologist

BotanistsBotanists are scientists who specialize in the study of plants To learn more about botanists

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

Today biologists have powerful new tools to use in taxonomy Every species and most individuals of sexually reproducing species have a unique and characteristic set ofgeneticinstructionsintheirDNAUnfortunatelyitisnotalwayspossibleandnotoft en practical to try to identify organisms in the fi eld by sampling and examining theirDNAHoweverwithadvancesintechnologythismaysoonchange

Early Biological Classifi cation SystemsMany animals that are of direct interest to humans are relatively easy to identify Th e same is not true of plants Many plants look quite similar and when not in fl ower can be quite diffi cult to tell apart Many plants are also toxic It is therefore not surprising that the skills of the shaman and other native healers were dependent on their ability to identify and classify plants In fact botanists have been preoccupied with taxonomy for centuries Th e earliest written record of plant names dates back to Ancient Greece more than two thousand years ago Th e word taxonomy is derived from the Greek words taxis meaning ldquoorderrdquo or ldquoarrangementrdquo and nomos meaning ldquolawrdquo

Early names and classifi cation systems were extremely variable As you can imagine species were given diff erent names in every language and there were no agreed upon criteria for the basis of a common classifi cation system Biologists and botanists in particular wanted to create a system based on a clear set of rules and a rationale that could be applied to all living things

Th e fi rst challenge was to develop a scientifi c name for each species Th e everyday or ldquocommonrdquo names for species are not always helpful For example the European name for moose is elk Th e elkhound dog breed was developed to hunt what we call moose Th e same common name is also sometimes used for diff erent species For example Europeans andNorthAmericansusethecommonnameldquorobinrdquofortwodifferentspeciesofbirds

Carl LinnaeusSwedish naturalist Carl Linnaeus (1707ndash1778) is considered the ldquofatherrdquo of taxonomy (Figure 5) He introduced a consistent way of grouping species according to their morphological (or physical) similarities He also established a naming system that is still used today

Linnaeus considered species to be distinct types of living things that could be grouped into categories called genera (singular genus) according to shared characteristics

ltto come about DNA bar coding technologygt

DID YOU know

Figure 4 (a) The juvenile and adult grey angel fi sh would easily be mistaken for different species (b)enspTwoensppassion-vineenspbutterflenspiesenspbelongensptoensptheenspsameenspspeciesenspTheyenspinhabitenspdifferentenspgeographicenspranges and have evolved different wing coloration

(a) (b) (c) (d)

c01-p23-oB11usBc01-p24-oB11usB

c01-p25-oB11usB c01-p26-oB11usB

12 The Nature of Classifi cation 15NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 15 7610 24358 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge photos to fill page]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[Move definition of genera here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 15]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW CHRISTINA Please have a look at the alts for these pages--Im not sure what the best way is to fit it all in ]
Caroline
Text Box
Weblink13To learn about DNA bar coding 13[catch Nelson Science icon]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please editvet these links for the TR13httpwwwdnabarcodingca13httpwwwbarcodeoflifeorg13httppherockefelleredubarcode13httpwwwibolprojectorg]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
could
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
These

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

This was not a new idea but previous systems of grouping were often quite arbi-trarymdashfor example placing all farm animals or all water animals in the same genus Linnaeus based his groupings on similarities among the organisms themselves not on an external relationship such as where they lived

Before Linnaeus naming practices varied widely It was common for species to be given one or more long descriptive names For example the briar rose (Figure 6) was named both Rosa sylvestris inodora seu canina (the odourless woodland dog rose) and Rosa sylvestris alba cum rubore folio glabro (the pinkish white woodland rose with smooth leaves)

Linnaeus felt that each species should have a unique name While he made use of long descriptive names at first Linnaeus decided for convenience to also assign to each species a binomial (two-word) short-form name His short name for the briar rose was Rosa canina Using Linnaeusrsquos binomial naming system the first name is the genus name (Rosa) and the second name is the specific name (canina) Taken together the two words form the species namemdashRosa canina This binomial nomencla-ture system is now the formal system used to name species

Although the classification criteria Linnaeus chose were often flawed his simple and convenient binomial naming system was a major improvement and quickly became standard Species in the same genera could be expected to have similar characteristics As a result knowing the names of two species such as Ursus ameri-canus (black bear) and Ursus maritimus (polar bear) tells you that that these species likely share many characteristics On the other hand a species of a different genus Phascolarctos cinereus (koala) likely does not share as many features with the Ursus genera In this case the koala ldquobearrdquo is a marsupial with a dramatically different anatomy and is more closely related to kangaroos than to the true bears

The Great Chain of BeingMany early classification systems were based on the philosophical assumption that each type of organism held a fixed position or rank on a scale from lowest to highest Humans were positioned at the top mammals and birds were above frogs and fish and all animals were above plants This hierarchy referred to as the Great Chain of Being or the scala naturae resulted in very complex plants being positioned below even the sim-plest animalsmdashan orchid below a flatworm or hydra for example The philosophy also entrenched the notion that species were fixed unchanging over time Many scientists were very reluctant to abandon this belief even as strong evidence mounted against it

Later in life Linnaeus was among the first prominent biologists to doubt this ldquofixedrdquo nature of species He theorized that new species might arise through hy-bridization and that plants might change as they became ldquoacclimatizedrdquo to new environments

Traditional Taxonomic LevelsLinnaeus further grouped species into taxonomic ranks or levels based on shared characteristics (Figure 7) Each level is called a taxon (plural taxa) Linnaeusrsquo original system consisted of five taxa and was later modified to include seven major levels similar species were grouped into genera similar genera into families similar families into orders orders into classes classes into phyla and phyla into the highest taxonomic levelmdashkingdom Linnaeus placed all organisms into just two kingdoms plants and animals At that time all algae and fungi were considered plants Table 2 illustrates how four different organisms can be classified using this system

In the Linnaean system each taxonomic rank consists of species that have similar features For example all species in the phylum Chordata have a backbone or a primi-tive backbone Similarly all members of class Mammalia are warm-blooded and feed their young milk

In an effort to further refine the classification of more than one million species taxonomists have created many intermediate taxonomic levels such as superorders and subfamilies Table 3 illustrates both the levels of refinement and the cumbersome nature of the result

genera (singular genus) a taxonomic level containing a group of very similar or closely related species

binomial nomenclature the formal system of naming species whereby each species is assigned a genus name followed by a specific name the two words taken together form the species name

taxon (plural taxa) a category used to classify organisms

Figure 5 Carl Linnaeus

Figure 6 Linnaeus gave the briar rose the scientific name Rosa canina

The first word of a binomial species name is always capitalized The second word is always lowercase Both words are printed in italics The names of other taxonomic levels are normally capitalized

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p27-oB11usB

c01-p28-oB11usB

16 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 16 7610 24402 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[Check alignment]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
transpose
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to p 17]
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrinkcrop photo slightly for a bit more white space in the margin]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
5
Caroline
Text Box
told
Caroline
Text Box
5

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Table 2 Traditional Taxonomic Ranks of Classification

Taxon Human Walrus Bald Eagle Honey Bee

kingdom Animalia Animalia Animalia Animalia

phylum Chordata Chordata Chordata Arthropoda

class Mammalia Mammalia Aves Insecta

order Primates Carnivora Accipitriformes Hymenoptera

family Hominidae Odobenidae Accipitridae Apidae

genus Homo Odobenus Haliaeetus Apis

species Homo sapiens Odobenus rosmarus

Haliaeetus leucocephalus

Apis mellifera

Table 3 Classification of the Timber Wolf

Taxon Name Taxon Name

kingdom Animalia superorder Ferae

subkingdom Metazoa order Carnivora

phylum Chordata suborder Caniformia

subphylum Vertebrata superfamily Canoidea

superclass Tetrapoda family Canidae

class Mammalia subfamily Canine

subclass Theria genus Canis

infraclass Eutheria species Canis lupus

cohort Ferungulata subspecies Canis lupus lycaon

dichotomous keysClassifying organisms into various taxa with defined criteria provides a framework for identifying organisms

Imagine that you present a taxonomist with a small woodland animal The taxonomist notes that the animal has four legs and is hairy so it must belong to the Class Mammalia Its teeth are sharp and needle-like its eyes are very small and it has no obvious ears These features belong to the Order Insectivora which includes the common shrews and moles Based on the animalrsquos size and limbs the taxonomist determines that is it likely a shrew in the Family Soricidae With even more detailed examination and measure-ments she classifies it as a short-tailed shrew Blarina brevicauda (Figure 8) You look up the species on the Internet and discover that it is very common in Ontario and is an important member of forest ecosystems It is also one of the only poisonous mammals on Earth But what if you want to make the identification yourself or what if even the expert was not familiar with the characteristics of the particular group of organisms

Biologists use dichotomous keys to help them identify organisms A dichotomous key is a structure in which a large set of items is broken down into smaller subsets ultimately leading to the smallest available classification unit (Figure 9) At each step in the identification process you must choose between two defining statements Each alternative leads to a result or another choice Eventually the key ends with the clas-sification of the organism into a given taxonomic level As illustrated in Figure 9 a dichotomous key identifies an organism based on the presence or absence of carefully chosen characteristics 121

kingdom the highest taxonomic level of the traditional Linnaean system of classification

Figure 7 In his first edition of the book Systema Naturae (1735) Linnaeus grouped species and genera into order classes and kingdoms

Figure 8 Blarina brevicauda is the only poisonous mammal in Canada It has a venomous bite which it uses for defence and to subdue its prey It is not dangerous to humvans but its bite can be painful

c01-p30-oB11usB

c01-p29-oB11usB

dichotomous key a series of branching two-part statements uses to identify organisms (or objects)

12 The Nature of Classification 17NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 17 7610 24404 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we keep the image of the Systema Naturae or would it be odd to move the photo of Linnaeus here We could add a sentence at the end of the subsection emphasizing how important his contributions were]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to top of p 18]
Caroline
Underline
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltmove to previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould not break defined term over linesgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
d
david
Pencil
david
Pencil

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

A key challenge that traditional taxonomists face is deciding and agreeing on what criteria to use to defi ne each taxon What feature or features should be used as the basis for including one species while excluding another Th e choice of criteria is oft en hotly debated As a result there is oft en signifi cant disagreement about the arrange-ment of species within taxa

Also decisions are oft en infl uenced and limited by available information as well as by the interest in a particular group of species For example the approximately 9000 species of living birds are traditionally classifi ed into some 160 diff erent fami-lies In contrast to this very well studied group more than 60 000 species of parasitic wasps have been placed in a single familymdashthe Ichneumonidae (Figure 10) Such a dramatic diff erence highlights some of the challenges and limitations of using clas-sifi cation systems

As you will learn in the next section most modern taxonomists no longer use similarity as the basis for grouping organisms Instead they use the principle of re-latedness which is based on the evolutionary history of a species Th is new approach has signifi cant advantages but many biologists still use the traditional and familiar classifi cation system

Bill elongated

Bill not elongated

Bill greatly widened at end

Bill straight

Bill strongly curved

Spoonbill

Heron

Ibis

Bill strongly curved

Bill uniform in width

Cardinal

Eagle

Bill straight

C01-F03-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 9 A dichotomous key for classifying birds

Using and Constructing a Dichotomous Key (p XXX)In this investigation you will use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and you will create a dichotomous key that can be used to classify insects

Investigation 121

c01-f03-ob11usb

18 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 18 7610 24405 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink and stagger the bird head images to fit art in space shown Keep the birds in the same general order The first three birds are associated with the Bill elongated text and the last two with the Bill not elongated text]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Lowercase all labels]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Is this dichotomous key correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 17 here]
david
Text Box
ltmove closer to in-text ref which is on previous pagegt
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
Caroline
Callout
[Insert Figure 10 from p 19 here]
Caroline
Text Box
This type of key is sometimes called a spider key because of its shape

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

12 Summary

bull Classificationsystemsareusefulbutextremelyvariablebull Th escienceofclassifyinglivingthingsiscalledtaxonomybull Allspeciesaregivenauniquebinomial(two-word)speciesnamebull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciestogetheraccordingtoshared

characteristicsbull Scientistsoftendisagreeaboutthecriteriausedtogroupspeciesbull Traditionaltaxonomygroupsspeciesintoanumberofmajorlevelsortaxabull Dichotomouskeysareoftenusedtohelpidentifyspecies

Figure 10 The average bird family taxon contains approximately 50 species (a) The belted kingfi sher is one of only nine species in the family Cerylidae (b) This wasp is one of more than 60 000 species in the family Ichneumonidae

(a) (b)

The Wolves of Algonquin ParkBiologists are currently debating the taxonomy of the Ontario wolf species that lives in Algonquin Park Although they have historically been classifi ed as grey wolves (Canis lupus) new evidence has convinced many biologists that they are not grey wolves after all They may belong to the same species as the endangered red wolf (Canis rufus) of the southern United States

DID YOU know

12 Questions

1 Describe four classifi cation systems you have used in the past week How did they help you ku A

2 What is taxonomy Explain how taxa are arranged in a hierarchy ku

3 Use a graphic organizer of your choice to describe the key contributions of Linnaeus to the science of naming and classifying species Include the term ldquobinomial nomenclaturerdquo ku C

4 Describe the philosophy behind the scala naturae ku

5 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following ku Ti

(a) Which two species would you expect to share the greatest number of features

(b) Which species would you expect to be least similar to all others

Table 4

Common Name Order Family Scientifi c Nameorca Cetacea Delphinidae Orcinus orcariver otter Carnivora Mustelidae Lontra canadensismink Carnivora Mustelidae Neovison vison Siamese cat Carnivora Felidae Felis domesticusLabrador retriever

Carnivora Canidae Canis lupus

Carnivora Canidae Alopex lagopus

(c) What evidence is there that otters share more features with mink than dogs do with cats

(d) Predict some probable characteristics of Alopex lagopus

6 Conduct online research to fi nd out the common name of Alopex lagopus Were your predictions correct Ti

c01-p31-oB11usB

c01-p32-oB11usB

SEE OVERMATTER 12 The Nature of Classifi cation 19NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24411 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
Web Link13To learn about the debate surrounding the taxonomy of the wolves of Algonquin Park go to Nelson Science
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrinkenlargecrop photos so they are the same height Should be height of C01-P32]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 10 to bottom of p 19]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltitalgt
david
Pencil

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

7 Traditional biological classification systems group species according to shared characteristics (a) Consider some of the important and obvious

characteristics of the species in Table 5 Describe some of the problems you might encounter when trying to decide which characteristics to use for grouping

(b) Which characteristics would you use for classifying these species Why

(c) Based on your choices construct a dichotomous key for these species ku Ti C

8 Research the following taxa and find out (a) the taxonomic level of the group (phylum class order

etc) (b) their key distinguishing featuresmdashwhat criteria are

used to define the group(c) the number of species in the group provide a few

examples(d) the ecological role of the group and any specific

relationships to humans of (i) Cestoda (ii) Cervidae (iii) Euphorbia Ti C A

9 The names by which we refer to animals can sometimes be quite misleading (a) Go online to compare the following three groups of

ldquowormsrdquo

(i) earthwormsensp (ii)ensp flatworms (iii) roundworms(b) What did your findings suggest about the advantages of

using scientific names rather than common names Ti A

10 The Celestial Emporium of Benevolent Knowledge a 10th century Chinese encyclopaedia describes a classification system for plants and animals that includes the following groups A

bullensp ThoseenspbelongingensptoensptheenspEmperorenspbullensp Thoseenspthatenspareensptrainedbullensp Fabulousensponesbullensp Innumerableensponesbullensp Thoseenspdrawnenspwithenspaenspveryenspfineenspcamel-hairenspbrushbullensp Thoseenspthatenspresembleenspfliesenspfromenspaenspdistancebullensp Thoseenspthatensphaveenspjustenspbrokenenspaenspvase(a) Why might such a system have been useful to people

living at the time(b)ensp InenspnorthernenspOntarioenspmosquitoesenspandenspblackenspfliesenspwouldensp

certainly qualify for the category ldquoinnumerable onesrdquo Suggest one or two other species that might belong each of the groups above

(c) What does this set of categories illustrate about the influenceenspofenspldquocriteriardquoensponenspclassificationenspsystems

Table 5

bull warm-bloodedbull hairless smooth

skinbull four-chambered

heartbull swims using fins

and tailbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull some hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull live birth

bull warm-bloodedbull feathersbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on two legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull lays eggs

bull cold-blooded bull scalesbull three-chambered

heartbull walks on four legsbull prehensile tailbull lays eggs

bull warm-blooded bull covered in hairbull four-chambered

heartbull walks on four

limbsbull prehensile tailbull live birth

c01-p33-oB11usB c01-p34-oB11usB c01-p35-oB11usB c01-p36-oB11usB c01-p37-oB11usB c01-p38-oB11usB

ovErMATTEr

oM19

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 19 7610 24415 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Rectangle
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
[TI] [A]
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[The page count for this section is 8 pp so this is page 88 not overmatter]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that the info is still correct based on the new photo selections (eg sea lions dont walk on four limbs)]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Enlarge P36 and P37 so the are the same size as the other photos in Table 5]
david
Text Box
ltbbgt
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

phylogeny and Modern taxonomyIn 1859 Charles Darwin published Th e Origin of Species in which he described his theory of evolution Th e theory of evolution states that all living things are descended from a common ancestor in the same way that family members are related to each other through a common ancestor Th e theory describes how this principle applies to diff erent species Biologists recognize that it has profound implications for the relation-ships between and among species When we say that two people are closely related to each other we are usually thinking in terms of just one or two generations When biologists say that two species are closely related to each other they are oft en thinking in terms of many thousands of generations Just as some people are much more closely related than others some species are much more closely related than others too

Taxonomymdashthe classifi cation identifi cation and naming of organismsmdashaims to group organisms according to a set of criteria One set of criteria is how closely related they are to each other At the level of individuals the closest biological rela-tionships are those of parents and their off spring

PhylogenyPhylogeny is the science that deals with evolutionary relationships between and among speciesmdashentire populations of individuals In many ways these relationships or kinships are similar to a large family tree (Figure 1) Only instead of tracing the relationships between individual family members phylogeny tracks relationships between entire spe-cies Th ese relationships can be presented in a phylogenetic tree a branching diagram used to show the evolutionary relationships between and among species (Figure 2)

13

C01-F04-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 A family tree shows biological relationships between people Kinships are represented by connecting lines

evolution the scientifi c theory that describes changes in species over time and their shared ancestry

phylogeny the study of the evolutionary relatedness between and among species

phylogenetic tree a diagram depicting the evolutionary relationships between different species or groups

clade a taxonomic group that includes a single common ancestor and all its descendants

C01-F05-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 2 Although both bats and birds have wings and the abilityensptoenspflenspyenspbiologistsenspconsiderenspbatsenspmuchenspmoreenspcloselyensprelated to foxes

Just as individuals in a family tree are descendants from common ancestors the groups of organisms in a phylogenetic tree are descendants of common ancestors too Most of the evidence for these relationships is based on similarities and diff er-ences in physical and genetic characteristics

CladesIn a phylogenetic tree species are grouped into clades A clade is a taxonomic group that includes a single ancestor species and all its descendants Each clade on a phy-logenetic tree can be thought of as a branch on the ldquotree of liferdquo Th e tips of a branch on a phylogenetic tree can represent a particular species or an entire group of species Moving back along a branch is like moving back through time

Greek OriginsThe word phylogenetics is derived from the Greek words phylephylon meaning ldquotribe racerdquo and genetikos meaning ldquorelative to birthrdquo

LEARNiNg TiP

c01-F04-oB11usB

c01-F05-oB11usB

20 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 20 7610 24416 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Is this stylepalette correct]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Make this figure wider and the diagrams a bit larger to span the text width more similar to C01-F13-OB11USB]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[rom not bf]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
On
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]
Caroline
Text Box
[move up]

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Clades can be smallmdashincluding only a small number of species that share a very recent common ancestor Th e members of the horse family form a particularly small clade (Figure 3(a)) Clades can also be largemdashincluding all those species that share a more distant common ancestormdashsuch as the carnivore order of mammals (Figure 3(b)) Regardless of their size clades are based on the most fundamental connection between species their evolutionary relatedness

Figure 3 (a) The horse family is a small clade that includes the modern horse and zebra but not the rhinoceros (b) The order Carnivora is a larger clade that includes many different families and is within the class Mammalia Note that not all members of each clade are shown

C01-F06-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebrarhinoceros horse zebra

rhinoceros horse zebra rhinoceros horse zebra

Here some colour options for the trees in F06F08 to F11 and F17

(a)

C01-F07-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

felidae(cats)

hyaenidae(hyaena)

canidae(dogs)

Carnivora

ursidae(bears)

phocidae(seals)

mustelidae(mink)

(b)

Tutorial 1 Interpreting Phylogenetic Trees

The following examples illustrate how you can use phylogenetic trees to infer evolutionary relationships between species

Sample Problem 1 Using a Phylogenetic Tree to Infer Evolutionary Relationships between SpeciesFigure 4(a) shows a simple phylogenetic tree How closely are the rhinoceros horse and zebra related

C01-F08-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

Figure 4(a)

Solution

Step 1 Carefully examine the phylogenetic tree in Figure 4(a) The species are placed at the tips of the branches across the top of the diagram The lines or branches represent each speciesrsquo ancestors going back in time

Step 2 Look at the arrow to the right of the tree The top of the tree represents the present day As you follow the branches downwards you are going back in time

Step 3 To interpret the kinship or relatedness of any two species follow their branches backwards (downward) in time until you reach the place where they meet

Step 4 Look at the branches for the zebra and the horse in Figure 4(b) The red arrows trace the ancestors of the horse and zebra until they meet at species A Species A represents their most recent common ancestor

C01-F09-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

rhinoceros horse zebra

past

present

species A

species B

Figure 4(b)

Odd-Toed MammalsThe taxon ldquoPerissodactylardquo is a clade of mammals that includes the horse and rhinoceros families and the South American tapirs They are typically large grazing and browsing animals One of their most distinguishing features is having enlarged weight-bearing middle toes

DID YOU know

c01-F06-oB11usB

c01-F08-oB11usB

c01-F09-oB11usB

c01-F07-oB11usB

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 21NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 21 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Rotate this diagram 90 so that it matches part (a) Rotate labels as well13-Make wider to span the full page width if necessary to fit all the labels13-Cap labels as marked (taxon names must be capped)13-Delete beige screen from behind arrows]13
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
ART Rotate arrows 180 so they point up
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text (step 5) from next page here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltshould figure 4 really be broken into parts like this as they arent all together--really these could be separate figuresgt
david
Text Box
ltokay to set this line so widegt
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to make Figures 4 and 5 into separate figures]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
For example the
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Carnivora
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
F
Caroline
Text Box
H
Caroline
Text Box
C
Caroline
Text Box
U
Caroline
Text Box
P
Caroline
Text Box
M

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Step 5 Look at the branches and blue arrows for the zebra and the rhinoceros in Figure 4(b) Their most recent common ancestor is species B

Step 6 In Figure 4(b) species B is located ldquofurther back in timerdquo than species A This means that the rhinoceros and zebra are more distantly related than the horse and zebra

Step 7 Look at the blue arrows in Figure 4(c) Note that the horse has the same relationship to the rhinoceros as the zebra does The rhinoceros is just as closely related to the horse as it is to the zebra

past

present

C01-F10-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

Figure 4(c)

Practice (a) Sketch Figure 2 (p XXX) in your notebook (b) Indicate the location of the species that is

(i) the most recent common ancestor of foxes and bats(ii) the most common recent ancestor of all three species

(c) Based on this tree is a bird more closely related to a fox or a bat Explain your reasoning

How can phylogenetic trees be used to identify all members of a clade

Step 1 Recall that a clade is a group that includes all species that share a single common ancestor

Step 2 Figure 5(a) shows two clades The horse family clade (outlined in red) includes species A and all its descendants The rhinoceros is not a member of this clade because it is not a descendant of species A

species A

species B

rhinoceros horse zebra

C01-F11-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 5(a)

Step 3 Look at the blue outline in Figure 5(a) All three species are in this larger clade which includes all the descendants of species B

Step 4 Look at Figure 5(b) Phylogenetic trees can portray any number of different groups This tree shows the evolutionary relationships of a few familiar mammals Note that the species contained in the green outline form a clade The species outlined in blue do not form a clade The most recent common ancestor of the bat and seal is species D However the rat rabbit and monkey are also descendants of species D so must be included in any clade that includes species D

C01-F12-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

seal bat rat monkey

A

B

rabbit

C

D

Figure 5(b)

Sample Problem 2 Identifying Clades Using Phylogenetic Trees

Practice (a) In your notebook sketch the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(b) Do not include the coloured

outlines Use different colours to show the following clades(i) the smallest clade that contains the bat and rabbit(ii) the smallest clade that contains the seal and the rat(iii) What is the maximum number of unique clades (of any size) that can be found in this tree

c01-F10-oB11usB

c01-F11-oB11usB

c01-F12-oB11usB

22 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 22 7610 24417 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
green
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Rotate arrow 180 so it points up]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Complete dotted line next to rhinoceros label (ok if its close to the label)]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text from p 23 here]
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Species
Caroline
Text Box
[run in]
Caroline
Text Box
6
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
clades
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
purple
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
2
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
3
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
outlined in orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
green
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
they
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
(b)

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Taxonomy TodayHow does a classifi cation system based on phylogeny diff er from a traditional system based more on physical appearances Ironically one of the major strengths and weak-nesses of the traditional classifi cation system is that it groups species primarily by observed morphological characteristics Th ese groups are then arranged into a set number of taxo-nomic ranks Grouping species this way is simple and convenient but may overlook less obvious characteristics that oft en provide strong evidence about relatedness

In contrast phylogenetic analysis can uncover the evolutionary relatedness of organisms (Figure 6) Th e organisms are grouped into diff erent-sized clades that are

c01-F13-oB11usB

C01-F13-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Sci Biology 11

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassMammalia

Turtles

Class ReptiliaLizards

and Snakes Crocodilians

Class AvesBirds

TraditionalTaxonomy

Early Reptiles

Mammal Clade

TurtlesLizards

and Snakes CrocodiliansClass Aves

Birds

Phylogenetic Taxonomy

Early Reptiles

Reptile Clade Archaeosaur Clade

and Snakes Birds

and Snakes Crocodilians Birds

13 Phylogeny and Modern Taxonomy 23NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Text Box
(a)
rotma
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Shrink C01-F13 to fit both trees in one row as in reference]
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Underline
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Delete green and yellow boxes]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Lowercase labels as marked in both figures13-Use arrowheads instead of white dots at ends of branches of both figures13-Add bf as marked]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that Ive marked this figure up correctly]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to the bottom of p 22 if possible]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
One
Caroline
Text Box
Mammals13[match style of Turtles label to the right]
Caroline
Text Box
Archaeosaurs

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

not limited to a set number of taxonomic ranks One challenge of using this system is uncovering evolutionary relatedness that may go back millions of yearsmdasha task that may require detailed analysis of both fossil and genetic evidence

Today taxonomists choose different methods for classifying organisms Some are ldquopuristsrdquo basing classifications strictly on phylogenetic relationships Others still prefer to group species by more easily recognizable features Throughout the rest of this unit you will have opportunities to use your understanding of both traditional and modern classification systems to examine the major groups of Earthrsquos organisms For convenience we may use the names of the traditional ranks to describe groups You will also explore some surprising evolutionary relationships between some of the most well known groups of organisms and learn how to construct phylogenetic trees

13 Summary

bull Modernbiologicalclassificationisbasedonphylogenymdashtheevolutionaryrelatedness of species

bull Acladeisataxonomicgroupthatincludesallthedescendantsofacommonancestor

bull Phylogenetictreesareusedtoshowevolutionaryrelationshipsbetweenspecies and groups

bull Bothtraditionalandphylogeneticclassificationsystemshaveadvantagesanddisadvantages

TaxonomistTaxonomists are scientists who specialize in the identification and classification of species To learn more about a career as a taxonomist

CAREER Link

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

13 Questions

1 Why is a classification system based on relatedness more objective than a classification system based on the comparison of observed characteristics ku

2 Clades can be described as ldquonatural groupsrdquo Why do you think this is so Ti

3 What is represented by the ldquotipsrdquo and ldquobranchesrdquo of a phylogenetic tree ku

4 Describe how you ldquotrace ancestors back through timerdquo on a phylogenetic tree ku

5 Sketch a simplified version of the phylogenetic tree from Figure 6 (p XXX) in your notebook Ti C A

(a) Place the letter ldquoArdquo at the location that represents the most recent common ancestor of mammals and lizards

(b) Are mammals more closely related to one taxonomic group than any other Explain

(c) The closest relatives of crocodiles are birds Why do you think traditional taxonomists place crocodiles in the same class as turtles lizards and snakes

6 Traditional and phylogenetic classification systems usually place species in the same groups For example both

systems place lions and tigers together and horses and zebras together Why is this not surprising ku Ti

7 Sketch the tree in Figure 7 below in your notebook Ti C

(a) Which coloured groups represent a clade Explain(b) Are blue groups more or less closed related to the

green groups than they are to red groups Explain(c) Place a letter ldquoXrdquo on the tree to represent the most

recent common ancestor to all blue and green groups(d) Circle three true clades that occur within the green box

C01-F14-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

Figure 7 A phylogenetic treec01-F14-oB11usB

Figure 6 Comparison of (a) the traditional classification of some major groups of terrestrial vertebrates with (b) a recent phylogenetic classification of the same groups based on the latest genetic data and fossil data In the traditional classification system crocodiles are grouped with turtles snakes and lizards because of their shared physical features In modern taxonomy crocodilians share a more recent common ancestor with birds than they do with any other group

ovErMATTEr

oM23

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 23 7610 24421 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Place white dots at the tips of the branches]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Ok to delete this q to save space Can any others go]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move text on this page to p 23]
david
Pencil
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(a)
Caroline
Text Box
(b)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
among
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
do
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
represent

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

kingdoms and DomainsTh e Linnaean classifi cation system recognized only two kingdoms of living thingsmdashAnimals and Plants When biologists began to use microscopes they dis-covered many new microorganisms and gained a better understanding of the cellular struc-ture of living things Biologists discovered prokaryotesmdashunicellular organisms such as bacteria that do not have organelles Th ey also discovered many new eukaryotesmdashunicellular and small multicellular organisms with organelles Th ese organisms were protistsmdashtheir cells had a nucleus and other organelles but showed an extraordinary diversity of shapes sizes and life cycles Biologists also began to see evidence of sig-nifi cant diff erences between plants and fungi

Today most biologists classify the more than 17 million known living species into six kingdoms As you will learn these six kingdoms are grouped within a higher taxonomic rank

kingdoms of LifeFigure 1 shows a typical representation of the six kingdoms of life Th e most easily recognizable kingdoms are the Animals Plants and Fungi Th ese kingdoms include many large multicellular organisms Th e other kingdoms include mostly or entirely microscopic single-celled or unicellular organisms Th e eukaryotic Protista is by far the most diverse group of organisms Many of these are tiny single-celled organisms such as amoeba and paramecium while others such as the kelps are among the largest living organisms Th e Eubacteria and Archaea are prokaryotic and due to their extremely small size and lack of internal structure are oft en extremely diffi cult to distinguish Most prokaryotes consist of individual cells but some others consist of many cells that have joined to form long strands or clustered arrangements

chordata

KingdomFungi

C01-F15-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Kingdom

chordatachordata

KingdomKingdom

angiosperms

gymnosperms bryophyta

pteridophyta

basidiomycetes

ascomycetes

zygomycetes

echinodermata arthropodaannelida

mollusca

nematoda

rotifera

platyhelminthes

porifera

sarcodina

ciliophoramastigophorasporozoa

rhodophyta

chlorophyta

phaeophytachrysophyta

pyrrophyta

bacteria

cyanobacteria

extreme thermophiles

methanogens

extreme halophiles

Kingdom Eubacteria Kingdom Archaebacteria

Kingdom Protista

cnidaria

KingdomAnimalia

Kingdom Plantae

Figure 1 The six kingdoms of life

14

prokaryote a single-celled organism that does not contain organelles

eukaryote any organism whose cells contain organelles some eukaryotic organisms are single-celled while others are multicellular

protists a very diverse group of eukaryotic organisms most are unicellular multicellular forms have limited cell specialization

Protista a kingdom of eukaryotic mostly single-celled organisms

Eubacteria a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms with a unique cell wall composition also called Bacteria

Archaea a kingdom of prokaryotic unicellular organisms their cell walls and cell membranes both have a unique chemical structure

c01-F15-oB11usB

24 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 24 7610 24426 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[4 pages]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please check that this art is correct]
Caroline
Inserted Text
membrane-bound
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Revise Kingdom labels as marked]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should we start referring to Eubacteria as Bacteria right away and change all reference to Eubacteria in this section (except the first bf key term) Were a little inconsistent as is]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
membrane-bound
Caroline
Text Box
Plants
Caroline
Text Box
Archaea
Caroline
Text Box
Animals

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

You should note that the relative size of each kingdom in most diagrams including Figure 1 does not represent the diversity sheer numbers or evolutionary relation-ships of the various kingdoms The Animal Plant and Fungi kingdoms are usually greatly exaggerated in size This reflects our own interest in these groups as well as our familiarity with them in our everyday life

Table 1 gives an overview of key characteristics of the six kingdoms Keep in mind that there are exceptions to these general descriptions and that the number of dif-ferent species of microorganisms is likely grossly underestimated

Table 1 Common Characteristics of the Six Kingdoms of Life

Kingdom Cell characteristics Other characteristics Examples

Eubacteriagt 10 000 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspcontainenspaensp

unique compoundbullenspenspCellsenspareenspvariableenspinensp

shape and size

bullenspenspHaveenspenspdiverseenspmeansenspofenspobtaining energy and nutrientsmdashphotosynthetic chemotropic or heterotrophic

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

Escherichia coliSalmonellanitrogen-fixing bacteria

Archaea gt 400 described species

bullenspProkaryoticbullenspenspCellenspwallsenspandenspcellensp

membranes have a unique structure

bullenspenspMostenspareenspextremelyenspsmall

bullenspenspSomeenspcolonizeenspextremeenspenvironments

bullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinensptheenspdigestiveensptracts of mammals and marine environments

bullenspenspAllenspcanenspreproduceenspasexually

extreme thermophiles (organisms that thrive at high temperatures)methanogens (microorganisms that produce methane as a byproduct)

Protistagt 100 000described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspextremeensp

diversity of cellular structure

bullenspenspSomeensphaveenspchloroplastsenspand cell walls

bullenspenspTheyenspmayenspbeenspheterotrophicensporenspphotosynthetic or both

bullenspenspTheyensphaveenspvariableenspformsenspofenspmovement

bullenspenspTheyenspusuallyenspliveenspinenspaquaticensporenspotherenspmoist environments

bullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandenspasexually

Amoebakelpsgreen algae

Fungigt 100 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallenspisensp

composed of chitinbullenspMostenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspCellsensphaveenspnoensp

chloroplasts

bullenspAllenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mushrooms yeasts moulds

Plantsgt250 000 described species

EukaryoticbullenspAllenspareenspmulticellularbullenspenspTheenspcellenspwallsenspareensp

composed of cellulosebullenspCellsensphaveenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspareenspautotrophicenspandensppotosynthetic

bullenspMostenspareenspterrestrialbullenspenspTheyenspreproduceenspsexuallyenspandensp

asexually

mosses ferns conifers floweringenspplants

Animalsgt 12 million described species

bullenspEukaryoticbullenspallenspareenspmulticellularbullenspnoenspcellenspwallsbullenspnoenspchloroplasts

bullenspenspTheyenspallenspareenspheterotrophicbullenspenspMostenspofenspthemenspreproduceenspsexuallybullenspenspTheyenspliveenspinenspterrestrialenspandenspaquaticensp

environments

sponges corals insects snails birds humans

c01-p39-oB11usB

c01-p40-oB11usB

c01-p41-oB11usB

c01-p42-oB11usB

c01-p43-oB11usB

c01-p44-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 25NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 25 7610 24436 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO resize photos so theyre all about the same size eg P40 and P43 are narrower and taller than the rest]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Oval
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Inserted Text
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltcheck spacinggt
Caroline
Text Box
[add bullet x2]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
All
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Cells have no cell walls or chloroplasts

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

A very simplifi ed phylogenetic tree below (Figure 2) shows the key evolutionary relationships of the six kingdoms

C01-F16-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

thermophiles

past present

halophites

methanogens

purple bacteria

photosynthetic bacteria

other bacteria

brown algae

red algae

green algae

amoebozoa

nonphotosynthetic protists

photosynthetic protists

Fungi

Archaea

Eubacteria

Plants

Protista

Animals

ancestraleukaryoticcelloriginal

cell

Figure 2 A phylogenetic tree of the six kingdoms

Th is tree highlights a number of interesting relationships Th e tree has three major sets of branches the top branches give rise to the Archaea the lower three give rise totheEubacteriaandtheinteriorbranchesgiverisetoeukaryoticorganismsNotealso that the Protista includes groups of mixed origins Th e brown red and green algae are more closely related to the Plants while the amoeboid protists are more closely related to the Fungi and Animals Th is is why the Kingdom Protista does not represent a single clade

domains of Life In 1996 Carl Woese used a detailed analysis of living organisms to uncover some of the key relationships between the six kingdoms of life He revealed that all organisms could be classifi ed into three fundamentally distinct groups Th e three groups called domains showed signifi cant diff erences in their genetic makeup which was very compelling evidence of their distinct evolutionary kinships Since then a wealth of evidence has confi rmed Woesersquos fi ndings

Figure 3 is a phylogenetic tree based on the 1996 work of Woese Th e domain Eubacteria contains only one kingdom of the same namemdashEubacteria Similarly the domain Archaea contains only the kingdom Archaea Th e third domain Eukaryotes contains the other four kingdoms Protista Animalia Plantae and Fungi Th e branches of the tree and the distances between the branches show an estimate of how closely related the groups are to each other You may be surprised to see that while there are very dramatic diff erences in the physical appearances of animals plants and fungi they were all placed very close together on this tree Th e proximity is deter-mined largely by comparing the genetic makeup of diff erent species and groups In the next two units you will learn more about such genetic diversity and how species evolve 141

Naming Domains and KingdomsThe names for some of the domains and kingdoms have not been agreed on Eubacteria are also referred to simply as ldquoBacteriardquo Eukaryotes are also referred to as Eukarya and Eukaryota

DID YOU know

Domain the highest taxonomic level above kingdom there are three domains of life

Sampling the Diversity of Life (p XXX)In this investigation you will conduct a fi eld study to sample and then classify organisms from a chosen ecosystem

Investigation 141

c01-F16-oB11usB

26 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 26 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Inserted Text
s
Caroline
Callout
[ART Move all labels of blue arrows closer to the arrows so its clear what they are referring to (eg amoebozoa)]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[CHRISTINA Ok that this callout is on a different page than the figure They will be on a spread once the overmatter is dealt with]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
Animals
Caroline
Text Box
Plants

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

14 Summary

bull Mostbiologistsclassifylivingthingsusingasystemofsixkingdomsandthreedomains

bull ThemosteasilyrecognizedkingdomsaretheAnimalsPlantsandFungibull Protistaistheonlykingdomthatdoesnotrepresentacladebull EubacteriaandArchaeaaredifficulttodistinguishbecauseoftheirextremely

small size and lack of internal structurebull Thesix-kingdomthree-domainsystemisbasedonphylogeneticrelationships

revealed by genetic evidence Most recentcommonancestor ofall livingorganisms

thermoproteusmethano

coccus

methanobact

erium

pyrod

ictium

methanosarcina

entamoebaeslime molds

animals

fungi

plan

ts

flage

llate

stri

chom

onad

sdi

plom

onad

s

micros

porid

ia

cilia

tes

haloarchaeaArchaea

Eukarya

thermotogales

flavo

bact

eria

cyan

obac

teria

gram positives

green nonsulfur bacteria

Bacteria

purple bact

eria

Most recent common ancestorof all living organisms

thermoproteus

methanococcus

methanobacterium

pyrodictium

methanosarcina

entamoebae

slime m

olds

anim

als

fungi

plants

flagellatestrichomonadsdiplomonads

microsporidia

ciliates

haloa

rchae

a

Archaea Eukarya

thermotogales

flavobacteria

cyanobacteria

gram positives

gree

n no

nsul

fur b

acte

ria

Bacteria

purple bacteria

C01-F17-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0-17-650431-1

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 The three domains of life based on the work of Carl Woese This detailed arrangement of the branches is continually being refined as new data becomes available but the overall arrangement has been confirmed

14 Questions

1 List the six kingdoms and state three key characteristics of each ku

2 Why do you think biologists originally placed fungi within the plant kingdom ku Ti

3 Based on the simplified phylogenetic tree in Figure 2 (p xxx) (a) State the four groups that give rise to the protists (b) To which other group(s) are the Amoebozoa most

closely related(c) Suggest some possible reasons to account for why

biologists have grouped the Amoebozoa with brown red and green algae in the kingdom Protista

(d) Are animals more closely related to the Archaea or the Eubacteria Explain your reasoning ku C Ti

4 Make a simple sketch of a ldquotree of liferdquo that includes six kingdoms Label the kingdoms but colour the branches according to domain Use a different colour for each domain ku C

5 Describe the most significant differences between the three domains of life Why are the Eubacteria and Archaea difficult to distinguish ku C

c01-F17-oB11usB

14 Kingdoms and Domains 27NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 27 7610 24437 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
lc
rotma
Pencil
rotma
Text Box
a
Caroline
Text Box
[ART 13-Enlarge diagram about 25 so that labels are not so squished in blue arrows13-Make sure that labels are aligned properly along the bottom (could just be the PDF that looks misaligned)]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Replacement Text
B
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltdata is pluralgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
page
david
Highlight
david
Pencil
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Eukaryotes

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Biology JOURNAL 15

Modern BirdsBirds are among the most easily distinguished of all animals Th ey are covered in feathers and have powerful wings and beaks (Figure 1) As a group they are very well adapted for fl ight Unlike most other vertebrates birds lay hard-shelled eggs Like mammals birds are warm-blooded and have a four-chambered heart Birds also show complex behaviours that distinguish them from many other groups of animals Most birds construct nests incubate their eggs and feed and care for their young

Figure 1 An adult Hoatzin Young chicks have a prominent claw on each wing which they use for climbing trees to escape from predators These are lost as they mature

Such distinctive features make birds easy to distinguish as a group but make it diffi cult to uncover their phyloge-netic relationships Taxonomists have wondered how birds should be classifi ed what other major groups of living ani-mals are birds most closely related to

Birds share some key morphological features with rep-tiles Birds and reptiles have some similar skeletal features and have scales on all or parts of their body (Figure 2) Th is and the other physical evidence supported the hypoth-esis that birds were perhaps most closely related to the reptiles

Feathers amp FossilsDiscovered in 1861 Archaeopteryx was one of the fi rst fossils of a feathered animal Archaeopteryx lived about 145 million years ago It had wings with prominent fl ight feathers and a

reptile-like jaw with many small teeth Th e fossil was more evidence that linked birds more closely to reptiles than to other vertebrates Th e fossil also showed features that were shared with another well-known group of fossilized reptilesmdashthe dinosaurs Th e discovery challenged taxonomists

Since 1861 a great many dinosaur fossils have been discovered but it was only recently that many beautifully preserved fossils of feathered animals were unearthed in northeastern China

Since 1990 fossils of more than 20 diff erent species of feathered animals have been discoveredmdashalmost all of them belonging to the theropod group of dinosaurs Th e thero-pods are a well-known group of bipedal carnivores that includes Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor

Th ese feathered dinosaurs include species that clearly did not fl y as well as some that did (Figure 3)

Th is new wealth of fossil evidence has provided biolo-gists with compelling evidence that birds are very closely related to theropods Today most biologists consider birds a group of living dinosaurs

Birds in a Class of Their ownABSTrACTWhile birds have many unique and easily distinguished features they are challenging to classify compared with other major groups Fossil evidence links them closely with a group of carnivorous dinosaurs Morphological and genetic evidence suggests that their closest living relatives are the crocodiles Both the traditional and modern clas-sifi cations of birds have advantages and disadvantages

Figure 2 Birds possess reptile-like scales on their legs and toes

c01-p45-oB11usB

c01-p46-oB11usB

NEL28 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 28 7610 24443 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[2 pages]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Shrink about 50 to about same size as P45 ]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert Figure 3 here]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 1 here crop right side of photo to focus on bird shrink a bit if necessary]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
have

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

C01-F18-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 3 One of the oldest fossils of a bird-like dinosaur is Anchiornis huxleyi This artistrsquos depiction is based on extremely well preserved fossils

The Question of CrocodilesIn addition to this dinosaur link evidence also suggests a strong connection between birds and an unusual group of living reptilesmdashthe crocodiles

Th e crocodile group or crocodilians includes the well-known alligators and crocodiles as well as a number of other closely related species such as the gavial (Figure 4) Although crocodiles do not look anything like birds they actually share many features with birds that they do not share with other reptiles Crocodilians are the only reptiles with four-chambered hearts Th ey have skeletal features shared only with dinosaurs and birds such as a more upright positioning of their legs Th ey are also among the very few reptiles that care for their young Crocodilians are more genetically similar to birds than to any group of reptiles

Th is evidence creates a taxonomic dilemma Should crocodiles be considered reptiles if they are actually more closely related to birds than they are to lizards snakes and turtles And if crocodiles are classifi ed as reptiles does that mean birds should be classifi ed this way as well

Figure 4 The African gavial is a crocodilian It is unlikely it would ever be mistaken for a bird

Clade or a ClassBased on birdsrsquo distinct features traditional taxono-mists placed them in their own taxonmdashclass Aves Th is

classifi cation ranked birds as a major group on the same level as mammals reptiles and amphibiansmdashclasses of four-limbed vertebrates

Th e green phylogenetic tree in Figure 5 is based on the most recent scientifi c evidence It shows the evolutionary relationships between birds and other groups of four-legged vertebrates Th e fi gure includes traditional taxo-nomic names and groupings (the brown boxes) Based on this tree ldquoSpecies Ardquo is the most recent common ancestor of all the traditional reptilesmdashturtles lizards and snakes croc-odilians and the extinct dinosaurs However birds are also direct descendants of ldquoSpecies Ardquo and therefore would be placed in the same clade Based on phylogeny class Reptilia is not a valid taxon unless the birds are included

Th ere are advantages and disadvantages to both approaches Modern phylogeny avoids the odd situation of separating the most closely related groups into diff erent taxa On the other hand the traditional system recognizes the many distinctive and important features of birds as being reason to separate birds into a class of their own

Advances in scientifi c understanding are ongoing and oft en involve diff erences of opinion Without the accumu-lation and analysis of many pieces of evidence it is highly unlikely that anyone would have hypothesized that birds were living dinosaurs or that birds were the closest living relatives of crocodiles

C01-F19-OB11USB

Crowle Art Group

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

ClassAmphibia

ClassMammalia

common ancestorof all reptiles

ClassReptilia

ClassAves

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

common ancestorof all reptiles

amph

ibia

ns

mam

mal

s

turtl

es

lizar

ds a

nd s

nake

s

croc

odili

ans

bird

s

A

dino

saur

s

Figure 5 In traditional taxonomy birds and crocodiles are placed in different classes But based on phylogeny they are the two most closely related of the living groups in this phylogenetic tree

Further readingAttenborough David (1998) Th e Life of Birds Princeton

NJPrincetonUniversityPress

c01-p47-oB11usB

c01-F18-oB11usB

c01-F19-oB11usB

NEL 15 Biology Journal Birds In a Class of Their Own 29

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
[ART Change colouring to make more similar to Figure 1 (hoatzin)]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Does this art look ok to you It looks off to me but Im not sure what the key features are that are missing Maybe the claws should be more visible Ive added a note about the colouring]
Caroline
Text Box
[Move Figure 3 to bottom of previous page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Deleteshrink this photo if necessary to fit overmatter on this page]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
orange
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
species A

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

ovErMATTEr

oM29

15 Questions

1 Based on the phylogenetic tree in Figure 5(a) Are lizards more closely related to turtles or birds(b) Are mammals more closely related to turtles or birds

ku Ti

2 All scientific knowledge is considered open for revision Use the example of bird phylogeny to explain how the accumulation of evidence refined scientific understanding ku Ti

3 Scientists have recently completed the following pieces of research

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheensprespiratoryenspsystemsenspofenspbirdsenspandenspcrocodilesensp(Birdsenspareenspunusualenspinensphavingenspaenspone-wayenspflowenspof air through the main passages within their lungs)

bullensp aenspcomparisonenspofensptheenspproteinsenspfoundenspinensptheenspconnectiveensptissues of various reptiles and birds with that of a sample extracted from a Tyrannosaurus rex fossil

(a) Make a prediction regarding their findings(b) Go online to research the findings of these

investigations Were your predictions correct Ti A

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 29 7610 24448 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
david
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[lc x2]

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

cHApteR 1 investigations

using and Constructing a dichotomous key

Dichotomous keys can be used to help identify and classify a set of unfamiliar organisms In a dichotomous key paired statements off er choices about the presence or absence of specifi c characteristics In Part A of this activity you will be provided with a key and a set of observations that you will use to distinguish between a number of diff erent fi sh species In Part B you will create a dichotomous key that could be used to properly identify a number of insects

PurposeTo use a dichotomous key to classify fi sh and to construct a dichotomous key

Procedure Part Ausing a dichotomous key 1 Figure 1 shows the names of the external features of

a cartilaginous fi sh (fi sh with a non-bony skeleton) belonging to the taxonomic class Chondrichthyes Use Figure 1 as a reference to help you identify the body structures of cartilaginous fi sh referred to in the dichotomous key

Dorsal (upper)surface

Ventral (lower)surface

Tail

C01-F20-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 USB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Figure 1 Body structures of cartilaginous fi sh

2 Th e observations for Part A of this activity have been provided for you below Several diff erent cartilaginous fi sh are shown in Figures 2 to 7 Each fi gure also lists several distinguishing characteristics for that particular fi sh Carefully examine the images and descriptions of fi sh in Figures 2 to 7

3 Use the dichotomous key to identify the cartilaginous fi sh in Figure 2 Start by reading Step (i) of the key Select the statement in Step (i) that matches the features of the fi sh you are trying to identify Th en follow the

ldquoGo tordquo direction that corresponds with that statement Continue making choices until you have identifi ed the fi sh Be sure to record the taxonomic ldquoorderrdquo of each fi sh as well

4 Repeat Step 3 for each of the cartilaginous fi sh shown in Figures 2 to 7

observations Part AUse the following images and descriptions of cartilaginous fi sh as your observations for Part A

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 121 oBseRVAtionAl stuDY

c01-F20-oB11usB

Figure 5 stingray

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p51-oB11usB

c01-F24-oB11usB

Figure 6 manta ray

C01-F25-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p52-oB11usB

c01-F25-oB11usB

Figure 7 basking shark

C01-F26-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p53-oB11usB

c01-F26-oB11usB

bull adultwidth7mbull adultmass2300

kgbull primaryfood

source plankton

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primary

food source shellfi sh

c01-p49-oB11usB

c01-F22-oB11usB

Figure 2 hammerhead shark

C01-F21-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p48-oB11usB

c01-F21-oB11usB

bull adult length bull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large fi sh

Figure 4 great white shark

C01-F23-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-p50-oB11usB

c01-F23-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source large marine animals

Figure 3 barndoor skate

C01-F22-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

c01-F22-oB11usB

bull adultlengthbull adultmassbull primaryfood

source snails crabs small fi sh

30 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 30 7610 24456 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Oval
rotma
Text Box
remove bf
Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Callout
tail fin
Caroline
Callout
mouth
Caroline
Callout
dorsal fin
Caroline
Callout
pectoral fin
Caroline
Callout
anterior ltpointing to head end of sharkgt
Caroline
Callout
posterior ltpointing to tail end of sharkgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART Add missing labels as shown]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Please add stats to shark images as needed (And confirm existing info)]
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Highlight
Caroline
Text Box
[Is P50 the correct photo It should be a great white shark]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
[Shrink Figure 1 about 25 for page fit]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 2 to 7 in one row along the bottom of the page Reflow the text so that the 2-column layout ends about 34 down the page13-Make all photos about the same size and enlarge as much as possible]
Caroline
Text Box
[ART F21 to F26 should be outline drawings showing the features of each shark not detailed illustrations (see specs in art MS) Please revise]
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltlc labelsgt
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
are below (Figures 2 to 7)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
(Table 1)
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Manta birostris skate species sting ray species

hammerhead species

basking shark

great white shark

Dichotomous Key to Selected Cartilaginous Fish

i Body with flat dorsal and ventral surfaces order MyliobatiformesBody not noticeably flattened order Selachii

ii Mouth opens anteriorly Manta birostris

Mouth located on ventral surface Go to iii

iii Tail relatively stocky without a stinging spine (skate species)

Tail slender and whiplike with stinging spine (sting ray species)

v Mouth gaping no prominent teeth basking shark

Mouth moderate in size many large cutting teeth great white shark

Go to iiGo to iv

iv Head dramatically flattened and wide (hammerhead species)

Head not dramatically flattened Go to v

C01-F28-OB11USB

Ann Sanderson

1st pass

Ontario Biology 11 U SB

0176504311

FN

CO

Pass

Approved

Not Approved

Procedure Part BConstructing a dichotomous key 5 Th e observations for Part B of this activity images are

shown in Figures 8 to 12 Working with a partner decide on a creative binomial species name for each of the insects shown in Figures 8 to 12

6 Create a dichotomous key that could be used to identify each species in Figures 8 to 12

7 Exchange your dichotomous key with another group in the class and try to use each otherrsquos keys to properly identify the species according to the other grouprsquos assigned names

observations Part BUse Figures 8 to 12 as your observations for Part B

Analyze and Evaluate(a) List all the features or characters that you used in

Part A to distinguish the fi sh from each other ku

(b) Do you think the same features you listed in (a) would or could be used in a key to identify all cartilaginous fi sh Explain your reasoning ku Ti A

(c) How might a biologist benefi t from using a dichotomous key with more detailed ldquochoice statementsrdquo ku Ti A

(d) In Part B how successful were the dichotomous keys created by your group and other groups in the class If the keys were not successful suggest one or two reasons why ku Ti

Apply and Extend(e) Once biologists correctly identify an organism

they can research the species to see if it might be of special interest Use online resources to learn more about the barndoor skate and the manta ray two types of cartilaginous fi sh Why might a biologist be particularly interested in one or both of these species ku Ti A

(f) Some species are easier to identify than others Suggest some reasons for this Brainstorm several species that you think are most diffi cult to tell apart Ti A

(g) Research the actual scientifi c names for each of the insect species in Part B As part of your research give the English meaning of each Latin name Ti C

c01-F28-oB11usB

Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10

Figure 11 Figure 12

c01-p54-oB11usB

c01-p57-oB11usB

c01-p58-oB11usB

c01-p55-oB11usB c01-p56-oB11usB

Chapter 1 Investigations 31NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 31 7610 24504 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

rotma
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Underline
ltitalgt
Caroline
Text Box
[ART13-Extend dotted lines to text at the right13-lowercase as marked13-Mantra birostris should be in italics13-delete shark images above and below dichotomous key]
Caroline
Text Box
[CW Doug Should the key read barndoor skate instead of (skate species) and so on Are the parentheses around the species necessary]
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
[PHOTO Please label each photo with the scientific name of each insect (for the answers in the TR)]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Text Box
[Place Figures 8ndash12 in one row or two staggered rows if possible along the bottom of this page Enlarge the photos as much as possible]
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link icon]
Caroline
Inserted Text
Table 1
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
characteristics
Caroline
Pencil

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Sampling the diversity of Life

Scientists have identified close to 2 million different species on Earth Although some living things are easy to find many are difficult to identify Organisms come in all shapes and sizes some are large and mobile others are microscopic in size and difficult to see The varied characteristics of organisms make field collection and identification a challenging task

In this field study you will choose a number of techniques to sample organisms from a chosen ecosystem You will then use dichotomous keys and field guides to identify specimens

PurposeTo collect and identify living organisms using appropriate sampling techniques and equipment

Study designIn a group you will use a variety of techniques to sample organisms from an ecosystem of your choice Before beginning your field work investigate what sampling techniques are available to you and gather the necessary equipmentNotethatsomespeciessuchasbirdsmaybeidentified in the field through direct observation

There are many inventive sampling techniques available for collecting different types of organisms For example various sizes of nets dredges and minnow traps can be used to sample an aquatic environment Pitfall and sticky traps sweep nets and even black lights may be useful for collecting terrestrial insects A number of interesting traps can be made at home (Figure 1) Most plants can be sampled using just a pair of pruning shears

Figure 1 Many interesting insect traps such as this malaise trap can be made at home

You must consider how you will handle and observe your specimens Will you capture live specimens and bring them back to the lab for identification Will you attempt to identify some or all of your specimens in

the field Remember to respect the ecosystem you are working inmdashbe gentle with the plants and animals you collect and if possible return them to where you found them Do not collect more than you need to

You will also need an appropriate set of field guides andor dichotomous keys to use in identification

Equipment and Materialsbull approvedsamplingequipmentbull equipmentforsafehandlingoforganismssuchas

gloves and suitable containersbull dissectingmicroscopesmagnifyinglensesand

binoculars as neededbull markersandtagsbull fieldguidesanddichotomouskeysbull notebook(fieldjournal)andpencilbull digitalcamera(optional)

Use care in the handling of any organisms Some animals can bite or sting Many plants are toxic if ingested or may trigger an allergic reaction Learn to recognize and avoid poison ivy (Figure 2) Do not taste any of the samples you collect Your teacher will provide safety instructions specific to your chosen site

Figure 2 Poison ivy produces an oil that can be extremely irritating Avoid contact Poison ivy has leaves in the form of three shiny almond-shapedenspleafletsenspTheenspleafletsenspareenspusuallyensp3ndash12enspcmensplongenspTheenspmiddleenspleafletensphasenspaenspnoticeablyenspelongatedenspstalk

Procedure 1 As a group decide on a suitable sampling location to

conduct your field study If you are not going as a class obtain your teacherrsquos approval before finalizing your plans

2 Research sampling devices that are available for collecting specimens from an ecosystem such as the one you have chosen for your field study Choose two or more methods that you will use in your field work

SkiLLS MEnu

bullenspQuestioningbullenspResearchingenspbullenspHypothesizingbullenspPredicting

bullenspPlanningbullenspenspControllingensp

VariablesbullenspPerforming

bullenspObservingenspbullenspAnalyzingbullenspEvaluatingbullenspCommunicating

Investigation 141 FielD stuDY

c01-p59-oB11usB

c01-p60-oB11usB

NEL32 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 32 7610 24507 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
2 pages
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move marked text to this page]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Move to top of next column]
Caroline
Text Box
[Can this photo be widened to span the text column width]
Caroline
Rectangle
Caroline
Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb greygt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltsb blackgt
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
3 cm to
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Some
Caroline
Cross-Out
Caroline
Text Box
Handle all organisms with care

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

3 Seek approval from your teacher before acquiring or constructing your necessary equipment

4 Organize all the equipment and materials you will need to take into the field Be prepared for poor weather strong sun and the possibility of biting flies

5 When you arrive at your chosen field location be sure to orient yourself and inspect your surroundings NoteanypotentialdangerorsafetyhazardsIfnecessary adjust your plans to avoid them

6 Perform your field work being careful to avoid contact with potentially irritating organisms

7 Record the time and location of the specimens you collect noting any unusual circumstances When possible consider photographing or making sketches of your specimens and releasing them unharmed These are your ldquocollection notesrdquo Be sure to label each specimen so that it can be matched to your collection notes

8 If possible document all of your work with a digital camera Photograph your sampling equipment setup and your sampling locations Keep detailed notes of your activity in a field journal If a camera is not available sketch your location and equipment in your journal

9 Use field guides andor dichotomous keys to identify your specimens to the lowest taxa you can Do this in the field and or back at the lab

10 Consider creating a website to post and share images of your specimens A website could be used to collaborate on the identification of species with students in other classes or even other schools

observationsWhen making your collections and identifications be sure to accurately record all of your observations in an appropriate format Include information about the time and location each specimen was collected as well as the collection method you used

Analyze and Evaluate(a) Prepare and submit a complete write-up of your field

study Your write up should include(i) a detailed description of your location and

sampling methodology(ii) photographs andor illustrations of your location

and the sampling equipment in the field(iii) a specimen list and images if available including

the name or taxon sampling method date and location

(iv) a discussion section in which you describe your field experience studies Be sure to describe the successes and challenges you faced Include recommendations for future field work Ti C

(b) Discuss your sampling techniques with other groups What successes and difficulties did they have Which new techniques would you like to try if you repeated this activity Summarize your findings in your notebook Ti C

Apply and Extend(c) Why do you think it is necessary to use a wide variety

of sampling equipment to assess the diversity of an ecosystem Ti

(d) Do you think there is a bias in a biologistrsquos ability to sample living organisms Do you think all types of organisms are likely to be fairly represented in field collections Explain your thinking Ti C

(e) Which kinds of organisms do you think are most difficult to identify Why Ti

(f) NewspeciesarebeingcontinuouslydiscoveredUsetheInternet and other available resources to find out about some of the most recent discoveries of new species Report your findings back to the class Ti C

Chapter 1 Investigations 33NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 33 7610 24508 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Callout
[Insert web link banner]
Caroline
Polygonal Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
[transpose]
Caroline
Text Box
[Insert marked text from p 32 here]
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Polygonal Line
david
Pencil
david
Text Box
ltfix alignmentgt
david
Pencil

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Summary Questions

cHApteR 1 SuMMAry

species (p xxx)

hybridization (p xxx)

morphology (p xxx)

evolutionary changes (p xxx)

biodiversity (p xxx)

genetic diversity (p xxx)

heterotroph (p xxx)

autotroph (p xxx)

species diversity (p xxx)

structural diversity (p xxx)

microhabitat (p xxx)

biological classifi cation (p xxx)

taxonomy (p xxx)

botanist (p xxx)

genera (singular genus) (p xxx)

binomial nomenclature (p xxx)

taxon (plural taxa) (p xxx)

Kingdom (p xxx)

dichotomous key (p xxx)

evolution (p xxx)

phylogeny (p xxx)

phylogenetic tree (p xxx)

clade (p xxx)

prokaryote (p xxx)

eukaryote (p xxx)

protists (p xxx)

Protista (p xxx)

Eubacteria (p xxx)

Archaea (p xxx)

Domain (p xxx)

vocabulary

1 Create a study guide based on the Key Concepts listed at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX For each point create three or four subpoints that provide further information relevant examples or explanatory diagrams

2 Return to the Starting Points questions at the beginning of the chapter on page XXX Answer these questions using what you have learned in this chapter Compare your answers with those that you gave at the beginning of the chapter How has your understanding changed What new knowledge and skills do you have

go To NELSoN SCiENCE

CAREER PATHwAyS

Grade 11 Biology can lead to a wide range of careers Some require a college diploma or a Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree Others require specialized or post-graduate degrees This graphic organizer shows a few pathways to careers mentioned in this chapter 1 Select an interesting career that relates to Diversity of Life Research the

educational pathway you would need to follow to pursue this career 2 What is involved in the university program to become an ecologist Research at

least two programs and prepare a brief report of your fi ndings

SKILLSHANDBOOK tk

c01-F27-oB11usB

NEL34 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 34 7610 24509 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt
Caroline
Text Box
ecologist conservation biologist botanist taxonomist
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Text Box
forestry technician
Caroline
Pencil
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Line
Caroline
Text Box
[Add career box in between MSc and PhD boxes]
    Caroline
    File Attachment
    Bio11U_GraphicOrganizer_CWpdf
    Caroline
    Text Box
    CHRISTINADOUG Ive added a few careers to the organizer but am not sure what else to add since the field of classificationtaxonomy is so broad Suggestions
    david
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    the diversity of living things
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Cross-Out
    Caroline
    Text Box
    that leads to your chosen career
    Caroline
    Pencil
    Caroline
    Oval

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

    QUESTIONS TO COME]

    NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    david
    Pencil

    ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

    [QuESTionS To CoME]

    36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

    7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

    dalic
    Text Box
    ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 SELF-Quiz

QUESTIONS TO COME]

NEL Chapter 1 Self-Quiz 35

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 35 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

david
Pencil

ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

[QuESTionS To CoME]

36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

ku KnowledgeUnderstanding C Communication Ti ThinkingInvestigation A ApplicationcHApteR 1 rEviEw

[QuESTionS To CoME]

36 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 36 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Chapter 1 Review 37NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 37 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

38 Chapter 1 bull Understanding Biodiversity NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 38 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt

Chapter 1 Review 39NEL

7380_UNIT01_pp002-039indd 39 7610 24510 PMPosted 7610in 1st pass folder

dalic
Text Box
ltADD two placeholder pages for the Ch Review this is now 6ppgt